El Centro City Council
May 7, 2024

FIELD START-UP REPORT

TO BE COMPLETED BY ROMTEC UTILITIES START-UP TECHNICIAN DATE: / /
(SITE OVERVIEW)

1. STRUCTURAL / MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION
A. Are all the components for the wet well and valve vault installed and approved?
Yes No

2. OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Please fill in the contact information for the person that the O&M Manual should be mailed to.

Contact:

Address:

Phone:

Email:

3. ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION
A. Have the conduits been installed between the wet well and the main control panel minimum (one (1) for each pump, one (1) for level control)? Yes No Installed by
B. Have the “pump power” wires been pulled between the main control panel and the wet well?
Yes No Installed by
C. Have the level control signal wires been pulled between the pump control panel and the wet well?
Yes No Installed by
D. Have the level control wires been landed on the appropriate terminals inside the control panel?
Yes No Installed by
18240 North Bank Rd. Roseburg, Oregon 97470
Phone 541-496-9678; Fax 541-496-0804
[email protected]
REV DATE: 5/13/13

8.a
Packet Pg. 772 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Field Start-Up Report
Project: Southern Pump

E. Have the panel power wires been installed between the main disconnect, automatic transfer switch (if present) and the pump control panel? Yes No
F. Have the “meter base” and main disconnect been installed and inspected? Yes No
G. Has the power company energized the meter?
Yes No

4. BACK UP POWER GENERATOR (IF APPLICABLE)
A. Has the generator been delivered and installed?
Yes No NA
B. Is the fuel for the generator on-site?
Yes No
C. Has the automatic transfer switch been wired into the electrical system (if applicable)?
Yes No
D. Has the generator control been wired into the electrical system (if applicable)?
Yes No
E. If a portable generator is to be used for back-up power, has it been tested with the lift station (if applicable)?
Yes No NA

5. COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT
A. Has all required communication equipment (radio, phone, cellular) been installed and tested and operational?
Yes No NA

6. WATER AVAILABILITY
A. Is there enough water available for a minimum of ½ hour of pumping? Yes No
18240 North Bank Rd. Roseburg, Oregon 97470
Phone 541-496-9678; Fax 541-496-0804
[email protected]
REV DATE: 5/13/13

8.a
Packet Pg. 773 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Field Start-Up Report
Project: Southern Pump

(TESTING AND START-UP)

1. PUMP DATA
Pump: P-1 Model: Serial No.: Imp.: HP: FLA:

Pump: P-2 Model: Serial No.: Imp.: HP: FLA:

Pump: P-3 Model: Serial No.: Imp.: HP: FLA:

A. Do the above meet the approved scope of supply?
Yes No (Explain in Comments)

2. PUMP CONTROL DATA
Primary Level Control Type/Mfg./Model:

Secondary Level Control Type/Mfg./Model:

A. Do the above meet the approved scope of supply?
Yes No (Explain in Comments)

3. PHYSICAL INSPECTION
A. Have all of the terminals and lugs been checked for tightness? Yes No NA
B. Inspected pumps and cable for damage?
P-1: Yes No NA
P-2: Yes No NA
P-3: Yes No NA
C. Check oil in seal chamber for condition and quantity? P-1: Yes No NA
P-2: Yes No NA
P-3: Yes No NA
D. Does impeller spin freely when rotated by hand?
P-1: Yes No NA Verified by
P-2: Yes No NA
P-3: Yes No NA
18240 North Bank Rd. Roseburg, Oregon 97470
Phone 541-496-9678; Fax 541-496-0804
[email protected]
REV DATE: 5/13/13

8.a
Packet Pg. 774 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Field Start-Up Report
Project: Southern Pump

E. Discharge connection level and tight (verify with contractor)? P-1: Yes No NA
P-2: Yes No NA
P-3: Yes No NA
F. Guide bars vertical and tight (verify with contractor)? P-1: Yes No NA
P-2: Yes No NA
P-3: Yes No NA
G. Lifting cable free of damage and connected securely? P-1: Yes No NA
P-2: Yes No NA
P-3: Yes No NA
H. Electrical connections tight and connected correctly? P-1: Yes No NA
P-2: Yes No NA
P-3: Yes No NA
I. Pump station free of debris?
Yes No NA (Explain in Comments)
J. Junction boxes, conduits, seals installed correctly? Yes No NA
K. Is the system properly grounded and bonded?
Yes No NA
L. Are cord grips properly installed?
Yes No NA
M. Are the working clearance requirements maintained as per code? Yes No NA
N. Are all level sensing devices installed as designed & properly documented? Yes No NA
O. Are the schematics on the door accurate?
Yes No NA
18240 North Bank Rd. Roseburg, Oregon 97470
Phone 541-496-9678; Fax 541-496-0804
[email protected]
REV DATE: 5/13/13

8.a
Packet Pg. 775 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Field Start-Up Report
Project: Southern Pump

4. PRE-START-UP PUMP ELECTRICAL CHECKS
Resistance of Motor & Cable:

Pump: P-1 R(2)~W(3) Ω W(3)~B(1) Ω B(1)~R(2) Ω
Pump: P-2 R(2)~W(3) Ω W(3)~B(1) Ω B(1)~R(2) Ω
Pump: P-3 R(2)~W(3) Ω W(3)~B(1) Ω B(1)~R(2) Ω
Sensor Loop Resistance:

Pump: P-1 Thermal Ω Seal Test Ω
Pump: P-2 Thermal Ω Seal Test Ω
Pump: P-3 Thermal Ω Seal Test Ω
Insulation Resistance to ground (YEL/GRN-FLYGT PUMPS ONLY):

Pump: P-1 R(2)~GRD MΩ W(3)~GRD MΩ B(1)~GRD MΩ
Pump: P-2 R(2)~GRD MΩ W(3)~GRD MΩ B(1)~GRD MΩ
Pump: P-3 R(2)~GRD MΩ W(3)~GRD MΩ B(1)~GRD MΩ
Note: This value should exceed 10 MΩ.

5. OPERATIONAL CHECKS

1. Supply Voltage, Pumps Off:

L1 ~ L2: V L2 ~ L3: V L1 ~ L3: V
a. Do the above meet the approved scope of supply?
Yes No (Explain in Comments)

2. Phase monitor settings: Voltage: ______, Delay: ______, % Imbalance: ______

3. Starter Type/Mfg./Model: ___________________________________________________

4. O.L. Type/Setting: _____________________________________________Amp________

5. Impeller Rotation (CW/CCW) viewed from :

P-1: , P-2: , P-3: ,

6. Volts, Pump Operating in System: Pump: 1 T1~T2 ______V T2~T3 ______V T3~T1 ______V Pump: 2 T1~T2 ______V T2~T3 ______V T3~T1 ______V
Pump: 3 T1~T2 ______V T2~T3 ______V T3~T1 ______V

7. Amps, Pump Operating in System: Pump: 1 T-1 ______A T-2 ______A T-3 ______A Pump: 2 T-1 ______A T-2 ______A T-3 ______A
Pump: 3 T-1 ______A T-2 ______A T-3 ______A
18240 North Bank Rd. Roseburg, Oregon 97470
Phone 541-496-9678; Fax 541-496-0804
[email protected]
REV DATE: 5/13/13

8.a
Packet Pg. 776 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Field Start-Up Report
Project: Southern Pump

8. Abnormal noise/vibration?
P-1: Yes No NA
P-2: Yes No NA
P-3: Yes No NA

9. Does pump shut down and lockout when sensor lead(s) are disconnected? P-1: Yes No NA
P-2: Yes No NA
P-3: Yes No NA

10. Have VFD’s been programmed and do they work correctly (if applicable)? P-1: Yes No NA
P-2: Yes No NA
P-3: Yes No NA

11. List of VFD parameters has been provided (if applicable) to:

12. Has controller been programmed and is it working correctly (if applicable)? Yes No NA

13. List of controller parameters provided to:

14. Does the primary level control system work correctly? Pump On/Off Points ______ Yes No (Explain in Comments)

15. Does the hi level warning work correctly?
Yes No

16. Does the redundant level control system work correctly (if applicable)? Yes No NA

17. Does flow meter work correctly (if applicable)?
Yes No NA

18. Has the auto dialer been powered up and does it work correctly (if applicable)? Yes No NA

19. Has disconnect panel been installed and does it work correctly (if applicable)? Yes No NA

20. Has all I/O been checked out and verified?
Yes No

21. Have all communication issues been tested & signed off by owner/contractor? Yes No NA
18240 North Bank Rd. Roseburg, Oregon 97470
Phone 541-496-9678; Fax 541-496-0804
[email protected]
REV DATE: 5/13/13

8.a
Packet Pg. 777 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Field Start-Up Report
Project: Southern Pump

6. DRAW DOWN TEST:

Gallons per foot: 4’ diameter = 94 gallons
5’ diameter = 146.88 gallons
6’ diameter = 211.51 gallons
8’ diameter = 376.01 gallons
10’ diameter = 587.52 gallons
Draw down: P-1: FT
P-2: FT
P-3: FT
Pump flow: P-1: GPM
P-2: GPM
P-3: GPM
*DOES THE ABOVE MEET THE APPROVED SCOPE OF SUPPLY?

YES NO EXPLAIN IN COMMENTS

7. PRESSURE READINGS (IF AVAILABLE):

Pump 1 - Pump off ______ psi. Pumping ______ psi. Pump on with valve closed ______ psi.

Pump 2 - Pump off ______ psi. Pumping ______ psi. Pump on with valve closed ______ psi.

Pump 3 - Pump off ______ psi. Pumping ______ psi. Pump on with valve closed ______ psi.

8. WET WELL PRIMARY LEVEL SETTINGS:

High/high level alarm: Elevation ft.

Distance measured from floor ft.

High level alarm: Elevation ft.

Distance measured from floor ft.

Lag/third pump start: Elevation ft.

Distance measured from floor ft.

Lag/second pump start: Elevation ft.

Distance measured from floor ft.
18240 North Bank Rd. Roseburg, Oregon 97470
Phone 541-496-9678; Fax 541-496-0804
[email protected]
REV DATE: 5/13/13

8.a
Packet Pg. 778 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Field Start-Up Report
Project: Southern Pump

Lead pump start: Elevation ft.

Distance measured from floor ft.

Lag/third pump stop: Elevation ft.

Distance measured from floor ft.

Lag/second pump stop: Elevation ft.

Distance measured from floor ft.

Lead pump stop: Elevation ft.

Distance measured from floor ft.

Low level alarm: Elevation ft.

Distance measured from floor ft.
*DOES THE ABOVE MEET THE APPROVED SCOPE OF SUPPLY?

YES NO EXPLAIN IN COMMENTS

9. WET WELL SECONDARY LEVEL SETTINGS:

Pumps Start: Elevation ft.

Distance measured from floor ft.

Pumps stop: Elevation ft.

Distance measured from floor ft.

High level alarm: Elevation ft.

Distance measured from floor ft.

Do all level settings match worksheet values?
Yes No
*DOES THE ABOVE MEET THE APPROVED SCOPE OF SUPPLY?

YES NO EXPLAIN IN COMMENTS
18240 North Bank Rd. Roseburg, Oregon 97470
Phone 541-496-9678; Fax 541-496-0804
[email protected]
REV DATE: 5/13/13

8.a
Packet Pg. 779 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Field Start-Up Report
Project: Southern Pump

COMMENTS
18240 North Bank Rd. Roseburg, Oregon 97470
Phone 541-496-9678; Fax 541-496-0804
[email protected]
REV DATE: 5/13/13

8.a
Packet Pg. 780 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Field Start-Up Report
Project: Southern Pump

LIST ANY CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUIRED AND LIST RESPONSIBLE PARTY 18240 North Bank Rd. Roseburg, Oregon 97470
Phone 541-496-9678; Fax 541-496-0804
[email protected]
REV DATE: 5/13/13

8.a
Packet Pg. 781 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Field Start-Up Report
Project: Southern Pump

10. The Romtec Utilities technician PERFORMED ALL OF THE FOLLOWING start-up activities

1. Verify electrical supply voltage.

2. Field check control panel.

3. Perform start-up procedure for pumps.

4. Set level controls per approved scope of supply.

5. Testing of pumping rate to the expected performance curve.

6. Field check and set back up power (generators) by Romtec Utilities (IF APPLICABLE).

All parties agree that Romtec Utilities has fulfilled all requirements (1-6) for this lift station, and the station is fully approved and commissioned.

Startup Technician:

Print Name:

Sign:

Cell Phone Number:

Date:

Contractor’s Representative:

Print Name:

Sign:

Cell Phone Number:

Date:

Electrical Contractor Representative:

Print Name:

Sign:

Cell Phone Number:

Date:
18240 North Bank Rd. Roseburg, Oregon 97470
Phone 541-496-9678; Fax 541-496-0804
[email protected]
REV DATE: 5/13/13

8.a
Packet Pg. 782 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Field Start-Up Report
Project: Southern Pump

Site Engineer Representative:

Print Name:

Sign:

Cell Phone Number:

Date:

Owner/Sewer Agency Representative:

Print Name:

Sign:

Cell Phone Number:

Date:

Lead Maintenance/Service Personnel:

Print Name:

Sign:

Cell Phone Number:

Date:

Startup witnessed by:

Print Name:

Sign:

Cell Phone Number:

Date:

Startup witnessed by:

Print Name:

Sign:

Cell Phone Number:

Date:

Startup witnessed by:

Print Name:

Sign:

Cell Phone Number:

Date:
18240 North Bank Rd. Roseburg, Oregon 97470
Phone 541-496-9678; Fax 541-496-0804
[email protected]
REV DATE: 5/13/13

8.a
Packet Pg. 783 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Field Start-Up Report
Project: Southern Pump

11. Who is the main contact to be in charge of operation and maintenance of the lift station through the duration of the warranty period:

Name:_______________________________
Company:____________________________
Phone:_______________________________
Note: This person is responsible for troubleshooting with the help of Romtec Utilities over the phone in the event of a
warranty issue throughout the warranty period beginning the day Start up Training is completed.

Special Note: All other personnel relevant to the maintenance and operation of the lift station are required to be
present for the duration of startup training.
18240 North Bank Rd. Roseburg, Oregon 97470
Phone 541-496-9678; Fax 541-496-0804
[email protected]
REV DATE: 5/13/13

8.a
Packet Pg. 784 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

3. PRODUCTS & SERVICES NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC

UTILITIES
This section outlines what products and services are not provided by Romtec Utilities for this design.

This section is structured as follows:

3.01 PRODUCTS & MATERIALS NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC UTILITIES

3.02 SERVICES NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC UTILITIES

3.03 CONDUIT & WIRE LAYOUT

3.04 FIELD TESTING FOR WATER INGRESS OR EGRESS

8.a
Packet Pg. 785 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

3.01 PRODUCTS NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC UTILITIES
Each Romtec Utilities pump station is designed and supplied for the specific pumping requirement, as determined by the design criteria provided to Romtec Utilities by the customer or the customer’s representative.

The specific products and materials to be supplied by Romtec Utilities are unique to this pump station and are listed in the Scope of Supply: Products. Any component not on the list will not be supplied by Romtec Utilities.

Unless otherwise specified, products and materials UNOTU supplied by Romtec Utilities include:

1. Any item not listed in the Scope of Supply: Products a. Any fasteners not associated with the pre-assembled systems. b. Components not listed in the Scope of Supply: Products.

2. Construction equipment, materials and labor for any construction aspect of the project including but not limited to:
a. Unloading trucks, traffic control, site safety
b. Securing materials delivered to project site: dunnage, fencing, storage c. Excavation, shoring, dewatering, sub-base rock, backfill material d. Installation of supplied pump station systems and components e. Piping to and from pump station and piping between pump station systems (i.e. between wet well and valve vault)
f. Electrical conduit and wiring (except wires attached to supplied components)
g. Concrete poured in place, crushed rock, asphalt paving h. Site lighting, signage, fencing, bollards
i. Site drainage control
Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 786 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

3.02 SERVICES NOT SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC UTILITIES
The services to be supplied by Romtec Utilities are unique to this pump station and are listed in the Services section. Any service not on the list will not be supplied by Romtec Utilities.

Unless otherwise specified, services UNOTU supplied by Romtec Utilities include:

1. Any item not listed in the Services section

2. Sealing of the Scope of Supply and Design Submittal, including drawings contained herein
a. If required, sealing of this document and/or supply of sealed plans and/or calculations are available from Romtec Utilities at additional cost.

3. Design and engineering services for aspects of the project not included in this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal
a. Site engineering, site drawings, electrical service design and plans. b. Any site drawing included in this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal has been supplied by others. Romtec Utilities locates the lift station on the site plan if provided.
c. Construction meetings not directly related to the pump station. d. Design/specification of delivery or installation space, equipment, safety.
e. Review of any documents supplied by any party other than Romtec Utilities.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 787 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

3.03 CONDUIT AND WIRE LAYOUT
Romtec Utilities does not provide a site specific (to scale) layout of the electrical conduit and wire which interconnects the Romtec Utilities supplied equipment on your site.

Each job is site specific and under the jurisdiction of the local utility and local inspectors. We (Romtec Utilities) are not providing the conduit or the wire and we are not licensed electricians who are performing the field installation of the actual conduit and wire.

What Romtec Utilities does provide for you and your electrician is the following:

1. Section 7 – Typical Field Wiring Plan.

Note: This drawing reflects the electrical interconnection from the Romtec Utilities control panel to the Romtec Utilities supplied field devices.

2. Section 7 – One Line Drawing.

Note: This drawing aids in the understanding and installation of the overall control system.

CONCLUSION
Complete field wiring and installation instructions are not included in the Romtec Utilities Scope of Supply and Design Submittal. The correct installation and conformance to all applicable codes is the responsibility of the installer and/or their electrician.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 788 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

3.04 FIELD TESTING FOR WATER INGRESS OR EGRESS
Romtec Utilities wet wells are water tight. If testing is required, then the testing is to be performed as follows. Romtec Utilities recommends performing the testing prior to backfilling. This helps with identifying any leakage and locating the area of leakage. If the testing is performed after backfilling, Romtec Utilities is not responsible for any excavation than has to be done to fix any leaks.

The recommended test methods are per ASTM C497-05 Section 8. Hydrostatic Test Method or Section 9. Permeability Test Method.

8. Hydrostatic Test Method

8.1 Summary of Test Method
The section of pipe or manhole is subjected to hydrostatic pressure and observed for leakage at the joint or on the surface of the wall. The joint is defined as a connection between the concrete section of pipe or manhole that provides alignment and the flexible watertight seal using either rubber gaskets, sealing bands, or preformed flexible joint sealant.

8.2 Significance and Use
The test method is a quality control test performed to establish that the finished, shippable pipe or manhole meets the hydrostatic requirements stated in the specifications for the installed wall or joint, or both.

8.3 Procedure:

8.3.1 The equipment for making the test shall be such that, when the specimen under test is filled with water to the exclusion of air and subject to the required hydrostatic pressure, there shall not be enough leakage of water from the ends of the pipe to interfere with the test. The specimen under test shall be free of all visible moisture prior to the initiation of the test.

8.3.2 Do not test when the temperature of the specimen, the air around the specimen, or the water within the specimen is below 33°F.

8.3.3 If the joint seal and/or flexible connector are being tested, it shall be the sole element providing joint water tightness. No mortar or concrete coatings, fillings, or packing shall be used prior to the test.

Once the wet well is stacked in the proper sequence, fill the well to the highest operation point in the well or the ground water elevation, whichever Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 789 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

3.04 FIELD TESTING FOR WATER INGRESS OR EGRESS
is the highest. There shall be no visible leakage. Moisture appearing in the form of patches or beads adhering to the surface shall not be considered leakage. If leakage occurs, the manufacturer is not prohibited from extending the soak time to 24 hour.

9. Permeability Test Method

9.1 Summary of Test Method
A section of pipe is kept filled with water for specified time and the outer surface is tested for moisture.

9.2 Significance and Use
The test method is a quality control test performed to establish the fact that the finished, shippable pipe meets the leakage limits stated in the specifications.

9.3 Procedure
The pipe specimen under test shall be free of all visible moisture prior to the initiation of the test. Perform tests by placing the specimen to be tested, with the spigot end down on a soft rubber mat or its equivalent, weighted if necessary, and kept filled with water to a level of the base of the socket during the test period. Make the initial inspection approximately 15 min after the test has begun. If the pipe shows moist or damp spots on the outer surface of the pipe at that time, continue the tests for period not to exceed 24 hours at the option of the manufacturer. Examine the pipe during the extended period for existence of moist or damp spots.

Note: Prior to either test, all inlets and outlets must be plugged.

Repairs
Repair of manhole products shall not be prohibited, if necessary, because of imperfections in manufacture or damage during handling. The repair will be acceptable if the repaired products conform to the requirements of the ASTM C478-09 specification. Romtec Utilities must be notified if any repairs are necessary.

In other words, if the wet well has any areas of leakage the contractor must report this leakage to Romtec Utilities and then together the contractor and Romtec Utilities will come up with a fix. In the unlikely event of the wet well leaking, a complete replacement is not warranted. A reasonable effort must be given to fix the leak.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 790 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4. WARRANTY & LIMITATIONS
This section includes all warranty information for Romtec Utilities products and services.

This section is structured as follows:

4.01 ROMTEC UTILITIES LIMITED WARRANTY

4.02 GENERAL LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES

4.03 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES:

INSTALLATION

4.04 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES RESPONSIBILITIES: SERVICES

8.a
Packet Pg. 791 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.01 ROMTEC UTILITIES LIMITED WARRANTY
Romtec Utilities Limited Warranty
Romtec Utilities, Inc. (herein referred to as “Romtec Utilities”) warrants that the equipment supplied will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service, when used in accordance with the Romtec Utilities procedures as set forth below for a period of one year from date of acceptance (acceptance is defined as the date Romtec Utilities’ “Start-Up” report is completed) or one year and six months from installation of the wet well (or delivery of the wet well or the date that the wet well was ready to deliver), whichever comes first. The obligation of Romtec Utilities under this warranty is limited to replacing or repairing any defective part (failure of other manufacturer supplied components will be addressed according to the individual manufacturer’s warranty, the periods of which, and the manufacturer’s obligations therein may differ from Romtec Utilities’ Warranty). This warranty extends only to Romtec Utilities’ direct customer (as named in the Romtec Utilities Purchase Order), herein called “customer”, and not to any person or entity with whom customer has business relationships, or any party other than customer.

Note: This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, express or implied, including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for purpose, which implied warranties are excluded. Romtec shall not be liable for consequential or incidental damages.

1. Components resold or supplied with Romtec Utilities materials Certain components are warrantable directly by the original manufacturer for periods between 90 days and 5 years. Replacement for, repair or refund of defective workmanship or material under normal use shall be remunerated directly with the manufacturer of the component. Examples of components would be generators, manual cranes, pumps, pump controls, valves, etc.

2. Warranty voidable
Romtec Utilities’ representative must be on-site for oversight of assembly during installation of the wet well. Wet Well installation that is performed without the presence of a Romtec Utilities representative shall void all warranties related to the wet well structure and its performance.

Start-up that is performed without the presence of a Romtec Utilities representative shall void all warranties.

3. Claims of defective manufacture
Claims that the merchandise was incorrectly manufactured or that is defective in any way must be made directly to Romtec Utilities on a productby-product basis. All claims must be made within 72 hours of the defective condition, or the time when the defect should have been discovered, whichever is earlier. All claims must include the following:
a. A detailed description of the specific problem, failure, or other event giving rise to the claim; and
Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 792 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.01 ROMTEC UTILITIES LIMITED WARRANTY
b. Supporting photographs or videos; and
c. Specific location; and
d. Names and phone numbers of individuals who can substantiate the claim, but who do not work for contractor.

4. Failure of pump station
Romtec Utilities pump stations pump all types of water containing all kinds of materials. Sometimes pumps may clog or power may be lost and the pump station will fail to operate. If your station fails to operate, Romtec Utilities will suggest a local service company to evaluate the problem. If it is a warranty issue, Romtec Utilities will repair and/or replace per the terms of this warranty. If however, the pumps are simply “clogged” or the power is simply lost Romtec Utilities will advise you that it is not a warranty issue and you will simply pay for the service call and the associated services.

5. Action in event of established claim
In the event it is determined that goods have been incorrectly manufactured or are defective, the liability of Romtec Utilities shall be limited to, at its option, repair or replacement of the goods. Romtec Utilities also reserves the right to establish reasonable time limits for completion of any specific installation tasks resulting from the replacement of defective merchandise.

6. No third party claims
Under no circumstances shall Romtec Utilities be responsible for any damage claims by any party other than claims by Romtec Utilities direct customers.

7. Release and hold harmless
Contractor releases and agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold Romtec Utilities harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, and causes of action for any matters arising out of or connected with the materials whereby the contractor is responsible for errors or omissions.

8. Specific limitations
Romtec Utilities’ liability under the foregoing warranty and under the transaction of which this document is a part is limited as follows:
a. Romtec Utilities has designed the lift station supplied under this project to meet a specific design standard and specific set of parameters as dictated to Romtec Utilities by its customer as set forth in the “Lift Station Design Form” located in the Romtec Utilities Scope of Supply and Design Submittal.
b. Romtec Utilities’ Scope of Supply & Design Submittal is a part of and limited by CUSTOMER’S site civil and electrical plans.
c. Romtec Utilities makes no guarantees that any of its supply will fit on customer’s site and/or building. However, at customer’s request, Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 793 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.01 ROMTEC UTILITIES LIMITED WARRANTY
Romtec Utilities will provide suggested layouts for the customer’s project. Ultimately, the customer decides to accept or reject any given layout.
d. Romtec Utilities cannot make final layout or equipment placement judgments at the site (i.e. generator or control panel “fit” in or out of a building). It is the responsibility of customer’s site engineer and contractor to check dimensions, etc. If customer has not accepted (or received) final dimensions, etc., please request further definition before approval. Romtec Utilities is not responsible for items that do not fit on the site.
e. It is Romtec Utilities’ customer’s responsibility and obligation to review the Romtec Utilities Scope of Supply & Design Submittal to insure it meets with customer approval relative to any customer third party agreements.
f. Romtec Utilities is not responsible for any aspect of the construction and installation of the Romtec Utilities lift station. The Contractor bears sole responsibility for installation of products manufactured by Romtec Utilities. The Romtec Utilities Scope of Supply and Design Submittal defines Romtec Utilities scope of supply relative to equipment, documentation, start-up services and warranty.
g. If Romtec Utilities is on site during the construction/installation of the Romtec Utilities lift station it is only as an advisor. Romtec Utilities is never on site to perform any construction and/or installation tasks. h. Romtec Utilities designs and prefabricates its lift station system to enable contractors to install the Romtec Utilities system quickly and completely. However, Romtec Utilities has made no representation and/or claims as to “how long” it will take to construct/install the Romtec Utilities system.

Note: If any Romtec Utilities-supplied part is found to be defective and/or has been manufactured in error relative to this document, Romtec Utilities will repair and/or replace that part at Romtec Utilities’ expense. Romtec Utilities does not offer, nor will Romtec Utilities accept, any charges and/or claims by anyone relative to the time it takes to install/construct the Romtec Utilities system and or claims for delays relative to a part that has to be repaired and/or replaced by Romtec Utilities.
i. Romtec Utilities’ responsibility is to its direct customer. We want to help all parties, but we are ultimately responsible only to our direct customer. If Romtec Utilities’ direct customer has hired a subcontractor, Romtec Utilities will communicate with that sub-contractor through a representative of Romtec Utilities’ direct customer. In other words, Romtec Utilities will not direct and/or advise any subcontractor. Instead, Romtec Utilities will communicate directly with its Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 794 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.01 ROMTEC UTILITIES LIMITED WARRANTY
“direct customer” and they will communicate with their subcontractors, engineers, and/or owners. j. The Romtec Utilities design reflects all elevations and/or orientations to an accuracy of +/- 0.10’. Romtec Utilities does not claim to manufacture any aspect of its lift station systems to absolute elevations. It is simply not possible in the general underground construction world to meet absolutes. Therefore, any owner and/or installer of a Romtec Utilities system is accepting the Romtec Utilities system proposed herein to the plus or minus 0.10’ offered by Romtec Utilities.

9. Performance Characteristics and Start-Up.

Note: Start-up services are only supplied by Romtec Utilities if included in the proposal and subsequent purchase order. a. The lift station is a sophisticated device that can be operated in many different ways. The Romtec Utilities Scope of Supply & Design Submittal defines Romtec Utilities’ approach to the operation of the lift station.

Note: While there are many ways to vary and/or adjust “operational parameters” within the overall lift station, Romtec Utilities is only prepared to start-up per its own parameters (as specified in the customer’s design criteria, see attached).
b. Romtec Utilities’ obligation is to show that the station can run as designed to meet specific design criteria as shown in its Scope of Supply & Design Submittal. It is understood that the regulating agency may want to test many other scenarios. This will not be part of the standard Romtec Utilities start-up procedures and training. At start-up, Romtec Utilities will only prove that the station can run at the prespecified design parameters. c. Romtec Utilities is not an operator, installer or an electrical interconnector for the lift stations and equipment it supplies. d. During start-up, Romtec Utilities is completely in charge. Romtec Utilities’ start-up technician will start-up and “prove” the station per the approved Romtec Utilities Scope of Supply & Design Submittal.

After the lift station is accepted other parties may choose to adjust and/or vary the operational parameters to suit their specific preference. However, Romtec Utilities will not be involved with these issues either during or after start-up, and is not responsible for problems arising from any adjustments or variations by such other parties.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 795 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.01 ROMTEC UTILITIES LIMITED WARRANTY

10. Training (if included in the proposal).

Note: Training services are only supplied by Romtec Utilities if included in the proposal and subsequent purchase order.
a. Romtec Utilities will perform system training at no additional cost as part of its scope of supply if the training is scheduled for the day after start-up. If training is scheduled for any other time than the day after start-up, Romtec Utilities will require prepayment of the additional costs (incurred as a result of the need to reschedule) prior to confirming the alternate training schedule. If training is scheduled for any other time other than the day after start-up, Romtec Utilities will require prepayment of the additional costs incurred as a result of the need to reschedule.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 796 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.02 GENERAL LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES

RESPONSIBILITIES

1. Romtec Utilities is the equipment supplier only
a. Unless specified otherwise in this document, Romtec Utilities is not a subcontractor and does not perform any installation or construction tasks at the project site, unless those duties are specified in this document. Romtec Utilities staff persons at the project site are there strictly to observe and advise.

2. Romtec Utilities’ responsibilities are to its direct customer only a. Romtec Utilities will communicate with project subcontractors, engineers, owners and any other parties only through a designated representative of the customer.

3. Complete review of this document will require information contained in other documents not supplied by Romtec Utilities
a. Romtec Utilities does not supply various documents related to the project, such as: the pump station site plan, the area plan, the influent line and force main plan and profile, the electrical plan and many other documents.
b. Thorough understanding of the environment in which the pump station will be installed and operated requires complete knowledge of information included in these related documents.
c. Romtec Utilities does not know any information included in any of these other documents, except those specific design details included in the Lift Station Design Criteria.

4. Romtec Utilities is not responsible for the review or understanding of this document by the customer, the customer’s representatives or agents, engineers and installation contractor/subcontractors a. The customer, engineers, installation contractor/subcontractors, owner and all other parties interested in the project are urged to contact Romtec Utilities at any time with any questions they may have about the system described herein, or about Romtec Utilities’ responsibilities related to the project.
b. Romtec Utilities will make every effort to ensure that all parties have access to complete information about the pump station; however, Romtec Utilities is not responsible for the distribution of this document and/or misunderstandings, errors and costs that arise from an incomplete understanding, by any party, of the information contained in this document.

5. Final (As-Built) size for the control panel enclosure a. The size of the final (as-built) enclosure for the control panel may change! In other words, the size of the panel enclosure (as proposed) Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 797 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.02 GENERAL LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES

RESPONSIBILITIES
in this Romtec Utilities Scope of Supply and Design Submittal may not be the actual size and/or mounting style of the final (as built) panel and enclosure.

Note: The final as built drawings will not be available until at least 3 to 4 weeks following Romtec Utilities’ receipt of Notice to Proceed from its direct customer. Any changes to the enclosure size will result in notification from Romtec Utilities to its direct customer.

6. Ongoing operation and maintenance training is the responsibility of the station owner/operator, not Romtec Utilities
a. Romtec Utilities does not provide ongoing operation and maintenance training, except for the training specified in this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal. It is the responsibility of the pump station owner and/or operator to conduct ongoing operation and maintenance of the pump station and its components.

7. Failure of pump station
a. Pump station function is a complex combination of parameters.

Sometimes pumps may clog or power may be lost and the pump station will fail to operate. Sometimes the failure is mechanical and sometimes it is electrical. A pump station failure does not constitute a warranty issue. In order to make a warranty claim follow this procedure:
i. Trouble-shoot the problem with the help of Romtec Utilities over the phone. If you cannot provide trouble shooting assistance, Romtec Utilities can recommend a local company to provide trouble-shooting assistance at your cost.
ii. Once the cause of the failure has been determined a warranty claim can be made. Warranty claims extend to defective parts only. Romtec Utilities does not warranty trouble shooting, service calls, installation or re-installation associated with defective parts or their failure. Romtec Utilities will repair and/or replace per the terms of the Romtec Utilities warranty.

Note: If however no parts have failed and let’s say that the pumps are simply “clogged” or the power was simply lost, Romtec Utilities will advise the owner that this is not a warranty issue and the owner will be responsible for payment of the service call and the associated services.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 798 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.02 GENERAL LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES

RESPONSIBILITIES

8. Special cases if start-up is waved
a. If for any reason an exception is allowed and there is not start-up and training, Romtec Utilities will keep the cost for start-up for engineering burdens that will be associated with not having a Romtec Utilities representative onsite.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 799 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.03 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES
RESPONSIBILITIES: INSTALLATION

1. Installation time is not specified
a. Romtec Utilities designs and manufactures pump station systems for quick and complete installation. However, Romtec Utilities makes no representation as to how long it will take to prepare the site, install the system described herein, connect the system to other equipment not supplied by Romtec Utilities, or to start-up and complete the system.

Note: By approving the Romtec Utilities Scope of Supply and Design Submittal, the customer agrees to reimburse Romtec Utilities for any cost incurred, whether by Romtec Utilities directly or through a related vendor, due to on-site delays caused by inaccurate representation herein.

2. Installation time and/or defective or incorrect parts do not justify delay claims
a. If at the time of installation, any part supplied by Romtec Utilities is found to be defective or incorrect relative to this document, Romtec Utilities will repair and/or replace said part at Romtec Utilities’ expense.
b. Romtec Utilities does not accept any charge and/or claim by anyone, related to the time it takes to install/construct the Romtec Utilities system and/or claims for delays related replacement or repair of any part of the system by Romtec Utilities.

3. Romtec Utilities Pre-construction Checklist has suggestions only a. All references to installation preparations, methods and/or equipment contained in the Romtec Utilities Installation Checklist or any other Romtec Utilities document are only suggestions, not directions.

4. Romtec Utilities is not responsible for determining the methods and equipment used in site preparation or installation
a. All methods and equipment used at the site are the responsibility of the installation contractor/subcontractors, not Romtec Utilities. The contractor/subcontractor bears sole responsibility for installation of products manufactured by Romtec Utilities.
b. Romtec Utilities does not know or specify what site preparation methods should or will be used. For example: whether or not excavated areas will require shoring or dewatering, what backfill methods will be required or any other site-related aspects of the project.
c. Romtec Utilities does not specify and does not know what types of equipment the installation contractor and/or subcontractors plan to use at the site.

Rev. 10-7-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 800 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.03 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES
RESPONSIBILITIES: INSTALLATION
d. Romtec Utilities does not know the suitability of any equipment for installation of products supplied by Romtec Utilities.

5. Romtec Utilities is not responsible for structural testing done after backfill
a. The customer is responsible for any water or vacuum testing conducted on underground vessels. Romtec Utilities recommends any and all testing of the underground structures occur prior to backfill.

Romtec Utilities is available to assist with any repairs after testing is done, prior to backfilling the structures.
b. If testing takes place after backfilling has occurred, Romtec Utilities ability to assist with repairs is severely limited. Romtec Utilities will not assume costs caused by testing after backfill.

6. Installing a level and “plumb” wet well that will not “settle” a. The specification and process for creating a stable compacted “footing” or “base” for the Romtec Utilities wet well is by others. In other words, creating a compacted base that will not allow the Romtec Utilities wet well to “settle” and/or “tilt” during or after installation is not the responsibility of Romtec Utilities.

Note: Romtec Utilities wants every installation contractor to be successful. We want every wet well to be plumb, level and to never settle. Romtec Utilities however is not responsible for any of these “installation” related problems if they occur.

7. Delivery delays
a. When the customer schedules delivery of the system, the customer agrees to additional charges if any of the following occur. i. In the event that the shipment is cancelled after the truck has been loaded, there will be a cancellation fee, unless the shipment is rescheduled for the same day.
ii. Any undue delay in unloading of trucks (over 2 hours per truck) will result in a waiting time fee.
b. Romtec Utilities is not responsible for delivery delays caused by the shipping vendor. This includes, but is not limited to the case where the shipping vendor fails to meet the delivery window that they have communicated to the customer, no matter the reason. Any unloading and/or construction delays and their associated costs can be resolved between the customer and the shipping vendor.

Rev. 10-7-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 801 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.03 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES
RESPONSIBILITIES: INSTALLATION

8. Romtec Utilities does not perform or advise on performance of any electrical installation work
a. All electrical installation work on the project site must be performed by a licensed electrical contractor. Romtec Utilities personnel are generally not on the project site during electrical installation.

Rev. 10-7-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 802 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.04 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES
RESPONSIBILITIES: SERVICES

1. A Romtec Utilities advisor will be at the project site during installation of the pump station’s underground components a. Any Romtec Utilities personnel at the project site during installation of the pump station’s underground components are there only in an advisory capacity. Romtec Utilities does not perform work during this phase of the project, unless such work is specified in the Scope of Supply. To facilitate communication about the project, the Romtec Utilities Advisor may be at the project site or available by telephone or other electronic means.

2. Preparing for the Romtec Utilities construction advisor and the delivery of the Romtec Utilities system for installation a. Typically the Romtec Utilities delivery of the underground portion of the Romtec Utilities system is done in conjunction with its installation.

In other words, the Romtec Utilities system is unloaded from the Romtec Utilities trucks and installed directly into the prepared hole. b. Our goal is to save you (or your contractor) time and money. One way to do this is to deliver and install the underground portion of the Romtec Utilities system on the same day (from the Romtec Utilities delivery truck to the prepared excavation). Therefore, when Romtec Utilities schedules its construction advisor to be on-site we assume that the hole will be excavated, the base of the hole prepared, and any shoring will be installed.

Note: The Romtec Utilities “Pre-Installation Checklist” is the document that Romtec Utilities is relying on. We assume that all of the work on the Pre-Installation Checklist will be done and all equipment, etc will be on site and ready to install on the day Romtec Utilities arrives.

Note: Normally our trucks will arrive the night before along with our construction advisor. We will be “ready to go” on the day of the scheduled delivery and installation.

Special Note: If the job as scheduled and as defined in the Romtec Utilities ”Pre-Installation Checklist” is not really “ready to install”, Romtec Utilities will require a change order to reschedule its construction advisor at a later date.

3. Delivery/Installation/Start-up delays
a. When the customer schedules delivery of the system and Romtec Utilities and its suppliers to be on-site for either the “construction” and/or the “start-up and training”, the customer agrees to additional charges if any of the following occur.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 803 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.04 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES
RESPONSIBILITIES: SERVICES
i. In the event that the shipment is cancelled after the truck has been loaded, there will be a cancellation fee, unless the shipment is rescheduled for the same day.
ii. Any undue delay in unloading of trucks (over 2 hours per truck) will result in a waiting time fee.
iii. If Romtec Utilities discovers upon arrival that the customer is not ready to construct or start-up.

Note: Romtec Utilities works very hard to confirm the customers “readiness” to construct and/or start-up. If we ultimately find (upon arrival) that the system is not ready for either, we will leave the site and reschedule at a later date for an additional charge.

Special Note: Having the Romtec Utilities construction advisor and start-up technician on-site helps everyone complete the project without difficulty. We provide these on-site services as part of our price, but we rely on the customer to confirm that they are ready for us to perform.
iv. The customer chooses to cancel or reschedule the construction and/or changes the date after Romtec Utilities and/or its vendor have purchased tickets for travel, etc.
v. If the installation and/or start-up is delayed for any reason and runs into a weekend or holiday, keep in mind that the Romtec Utilities offices will be closed and there will be no one available for technical support.

4. Start-up Preparation Form must be completed by the customer and returned to Romtec Utilities before start-up and testing day will be scheduled
a. To expedite timely and efficient completion of the pump station, Romtec Utilities will schedule start-up and testing approximately two weeks after receipt of the completed Pre Start-up Checklist from the customer indicating all work has been done to prepare for station start-up and testing.

5. Romtec Utilities directs the pump station start-up and testing a. The Romtec Utilities technician directs all station start-up and testing procedures. No other party shall operate the station until after the start-up and testing procedures are completed by Romtec Utilities. b. Romtec Utilities requires the presence of the licensed electrical contractor who installed the pump station’s electrical system at the project site during pump station start-up and testing.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 804 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.04 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES
RESPONSIBILITIES: SERVICES
Note: If all necessary field wiring is not completed at the time of startup, Romtec Utilities reserves the right to charge for our time required to complete the wiring.

6. System start-up, testing and training services are limited to the operational parameters described in this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal
a. The pump station described herein is a sophisticated device that can be operated in many different ways; however this document defines only a specific set of operational parameters. The Romtec Utilities standard start-up, testing and training services are based solely on these pre-specified operational parameters. Additional start-up, testing and/or training services requested or required by the regulatory agency or any other party will not be conducted by Romtec Utilities, unless those services are included in this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal.

7. Additional start-up/training time by Romtec Utilities and/or any Romtec Utilities supplier
a. Any additional time required of Romtec Utilities (other than the time and/or services outlined in this Scope of Supply document and/or as part of the purchase order) must be ordered and contracted separately from this purchase order. Romtec Utilities will require a change order or a separate purchase order for any additional time.
b. If more time is required of any Romtec Utilities supplier (other than the time and/or services outlined in this Scope of Supply document and/or as part of the purchase order) the customer must order it directly from that supplier, not Romtec Utilities.

8. The schedule for standard pump station start-up and operation and maintenance training is limited
a. Romtec Utilities has provided two (2) contiguous days (not including holidays or weekends) for pump station start-up and operation and maintenance training as part of the standard services included in this Scope of Supply.

Note: This is only if the operation and maintenance training is scheduled for the day after the pump station start-up is conducted. b. If training is scheduled for any time other than the day after start-up, Romtec Utilities will charge per day (from the time our technician leaves Romtec Utilities) plus travel and per diem, for the service with a minimum charge of two days. This will result in a change order or additional purchase order.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 805 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

4.04 LIMITATIONS OF ROMTEC UTILITIES
RESPONSIBILITIES: SERVICES
Note: If you have purchased a Romtec Utilities system and for whatever reason have not elected to have Romtec Utilities “start-up” the system prior to the end of the warranty, start-up services will need to be scheduled and purchased separately. In other words, our “free start-up” services are included with the purchase of the Romtec Utilities system. We will withdraw the free start-up if you elect to not start-up the system prior to the end of warranty. We will however, be glad to start-up the system at a fee to be quoted when you are ready.

9. Pump station owner and/or owner’s designated station operator must receive training for warranty to be to be in place a. The customer must designate, in advance, the persons who will participate in the pump station operation and maintenance training provided by Romtec Utilities.
b. The Romtec Utilities Limited Warranty will not be in place until after the pump station owner and/or the owner’s designated station operator have participated in and passed the operation and maintenance training supplied by Romtec Utilities, unless Romtec Utilities has not started the system.
c. Romtec Utilities does not train the installation contractor in the operation and maintenance of the pump station, unless this installation contractor is designated by the owner as the party responsible for station operation.

10. Start-up after the warranty expires
a. Romtec Utilities start-up, testing and training services are included at no additional cost if these services are performed within 18 months of the delivery, or deliverability of the lift station per its accepted purchase order. If start-up services are required after this period they will not be free and/or included as part of the accepted purchase order. Instead they will be quoted and ordered under a new and separate quote and service order.

11. Start-up and training attendance
a. The Romtec Utilities start-up technician is on-site to train the lift station personnel on operation and maintenance of the lift station. It is vital that these personnel attend the entire session. If the personnel leave before training completion, additional training requested will be quoted and ordered under a new and separate quote and service order.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 806 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

5. PROJECT DESIGN CRITERIA
The basis of design for the Romtec Utilities system within this document is explained in this section.

This section is structured as follows:

5.01 INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN CRITERIA

5.02 LIFT STATION DESIGN CRITERIA

5.03 SITE PLAN

8.a
Packet Pg. 807 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

5.01 INTRODUCTION TO DESIGN CRITERIA
Romtec Utilities has created this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal solely on the basis of the design criteria listed on the following Lift Station Design Criteria.

Project Name: Southern Pump
Design criteria supplied by: Psomas
Design criteria date: 3/29/2013
CAUTION! By approval of and/or use of this Romtec Utilities Scope of Supply and Design Submittal, the customer and/or the customer’s representative agrees that Romtec Utilities has correctly based this scope of supply and this design of the pump station on the exact design criteria listed on the attached Lift Station Design Criteria.

Romtec Utilities has not checked the information listed on the Lift Station Design Criteria. Romtec Utilities does not have responsibility for checking this information or confirming its accuracy. This information has been accepted as fact by Romtec Utilities.

NOTE: The pump station will perform as designed, but onlyU if the design criteria stated in the Lift Station Design Criteria represent the actual conditions at the project site. If the project site’s actual conditions are in any way, different from the design criteria supplied to Romtec Utilities, then the pump station could perform differently than stated, or not perform at all.

IMPORTANT! Romtec Utilities has relied on the design criteria supplied by the customer and/or the customer’s representative as Uthe only information forming the basis for design of the pump station described hereinU.

Additional information about this project, including agencies’ standards, bid documents, design drawings and other documents, may have been available to and/or supplied to Romtec Utilities. Romtec Utilities may have studied such information; however the pump station design represented by this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal is based solely on the design criteria listed on the attached Lift Station Design Criteria.

Romtec Utilities makes no claim as to whether or not the pump station described herein will meet any agency’s standard, any bid document or any other document.

Romtec Utilities is not responsible for making such a determination.

Rev.5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 808 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

5.02 LIFT STATION DESIGN CRITERIA FORM
Design Criteria
Date:

Information here in provided by:

Company/Agency Type: Engineer Engineer Developer Gov't.

Agency Other
First Name:

Last Name:

Title:

Email Address:

Address:

City:

State/Province: Zip Code:

Country:

Telephone: 619-961-2812 Phone Ext:

Mobile/Other Phone: Fax:

Project Name:

Your Client for this project is: Public Agency Public Agency Private Co.

Project Type: Wastewater
Project Site Address (must include if there is a
generator ):

Project Zip:

Is site plan drawing available at this time? Yes Yes No N/A Project Engineer:

Reviewing Entity who reviews/approves this
Scope of Supply & Design Submittal:

Final Project Owner and/or Operator:

Governing Sewer or Water Authority:

Does Authority have a lift station standard? SELECT ONE Yes No N/A Who should Romtec contact about the lift station
design standard?
Does this project require "Buy America"
materials? No Yes No N/A
Romtec Utilities has designed this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal based on the following information:
3/29/2013
Southern Pump
[email protected]
PART 1: PROJECT CONTACT INFORMATION
Sean
El Centro, CA
Psomas
Diaz
Sean Diaz
El Centro

8.a
Packet Pg. 809 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

5.02 LIFT STATION DESIGN CRITERIA FORM

1. Force main length: 5036 ft. (actual length along proposed alignment) Force main diameter (inside): 13.48 in. inside dia.

Force main material (i.e., PVC C-900 class 150,
ductile iron class 52, HDPE DR17 class 100,
etc.):

Force Main is: Existing New Existing
Force Main Discharge (i.e., manhole to gravity
sewer, pressure force main, storage tank, etc.):

Source of Water:

2.a Elevation change from lift station site to force
main discharge point: -15.85 ft.

2.b Finish grade elevation at wet well: 970.55 ft.

2.c
Centerline discharge piping elevation at lift
station: 967.00 ft.

2.d Force main discharge elevation: 954.7 ft.

3.a Influent sewer depth: 22.77 ft.

3.b Influent sewer elevation: 947.78 ft.

4. Peak design inflow
(maximum flow to lift station): 1500 g.p.m.

Pumping Rate: 1500 g.p.m.

5. Standby generator requirement: Permanent Permanent Portable None Don't Know Standby generator fuel: Natural Gas Diesel Natural Gas Propane

6. Available power supply: 480V 208V 240V 480V
3-phase Single-phase 3-phase
Is this lift station considered a classified space? No Yes No ?
?
PVC C905 DR18
PART 2: DESIGN DATA

8.a
Packet Pg. 810 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

5.03 SITE PLAN
Requested layouts are a suggestion only. At the customer’s request, Romtec Utilities will provide a suggested layout of the products to be supplied by Romtec Utilities on the approved site plan provided by the customer. The customer can choose to accept or reject any suggested layouts. It is not Romtec Utilities’ responsibility to determine the suitability of the pump station relative to the project’s site plan, electrical plan, influent line, force main profiles, and any other documents.

The suggested layout of the Romtec Utilities equipment follows this page if the site plan has been provided by the customer in AutoCAD.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 811 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 812
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

6. MECHANICAL
This section contains information pertaining to the mechanical design of this system.

There is both technical information and related drawings necessary for the system construction.

This section is structured as follows:

6.01 SCOPE OF SUPPLY: PRODUCTS

6.02 WET WELL

6.02.1 WET WELL COMPONENT DRAWING(S)

6.02.2 WET WELL PRODUCTION DRAWING(S)

6.02.3 WET WELL HATCH DRAWING

6.02.4 WET WELL DATA SHEETS

6.03 PUMPS

6.03.1 PUMP SPECIFICATIONS

6.03.2 PUMP DRAWINGS

6.03.3 PUMP PERFORMANCE CURVES

6.03.4 PUMP EXTENDED STORAGE

6.03.5 PUMP DATA SHEETS

6.04 LEVEL SENSORS

6.04.1 PRIMARY LEVEL SENSOR

6.04.2 SECONDARY LEVEL SENSOR

6.05 VALVE VAULT

6.05.1 VALVE VAULT COMPONENT DRAWING(S)

6.05.2 VALVE VAULT PRODUCTION DRAWING(S)

6.05.3 VALVE VAULT HATCH DRAWING

6.05.4 VALVE VAULT DATA SHEETS

6.06 ODOR CONTROL

6.06.1 ODOR CONTROL SUBMITTAL

6.07 WEIGHTS & LIFTING DEVICES

6.08 INSTALLATION DATA SHEETS

8.a
Packet Pg. 813 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) ROMTEC UTILITIES SUPPLY FOR PUMP STATION INCLUDES:

WET WELL

QTY ITEM
1 BASE ASSEMBLY
1 BASE - WW - 10ft - RU FLAT BASE - 12ft X 14ft
1 GROUT RING - 10ft
2 DISCHARGE ELBOW - 6in - VAUGHAN
2 ANCHOR KIT - DISCHARGE ELBOW
2 COUPLING - STAR - 10in FBEC W/SS BOLTS
2 REDUCER - DI - ECCENTRIC - 10in X 6in - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 1 BARREL - 10ft DIA X 5ft H
4 BARREL - 10ft DIA X 6ft H
1 TOP SLAB ASSEMBLY
1 HATCH - WW - 10ft H20 - 54794 - 57 x 88
1 HATCH KEY
1 TOP SLAB - WW - 10ft H20 - DUPLEX
1 VENT - MUSHROOM CAP
2 BRACKET - UPPER GUIDE BAR - 2in SS
2 BOLT & NUT KIT - UPPER GUIDE BAR BRACKET - 3-8in
3 CABLE HANGER ASSEMBLY
1 NIPPLE - GALV - 4in SCH40 X 24in
1 COUPLING - 4in - GALVANIZED STEEL - SCH40
1 DEFLECTOR PANEL ASSEMBLY - 5ft
1 GUILLOTINE CABLE ASSEMBLY - 25ft TOTAL LENGTH
1 HDPE - 24in X 24in X 1/2in - BLACK - cut from 4ft x 8ft 2 BRACKET - SS GUILLOTINE SET
1 HDPE - 4ft X 8ft X 1-2in - BLACK
10 ANGLE - 316SS 11GA FORMED (10ftww)
1 DISCHARGE PIPE SUPPORT - UNISTRUT
2 DISCHARGE CLAMP - TOLSTRUT - 10in 316SS
1 DISCHARGE PIPE SUPPORT - WALL BRACKET SET
2 DISCHARGE CLAMP BOLT - 1-2 X 1 SS BOLT, WASHER, FIBER LOCK NUT 1 DISCHARGE PIPE SUPPORT - BOLT KIT
1 SHIPPING CRATE
6 BARREL GASKET
2 BRACKET - INTERMEDIATE GUIDE BAR - 2in
4 LIFTING CLUTCH - 8 TON
1 PUMP LIFTING EYE
2 LIFTING RING - 1/2in - WLL2900lbs
2 BOW SHACKLE - 3-8in - SS W-SCREW PIN
4 CHAIN - S5 5-16in 316SS (2 @ 2ft)
2 CORD GRIP - 1.50in - 1.74in DIA SS

6.01 SCOPE OF SUPPLY: PRODUCTS

8.a
Packet Pg. 814 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

6.01 SCOPE OF SUPPLY: PRODUCTS
2 LIFTING SLING - .125in SS CABLE 2 @ 32ft
8 GASKET - FLANGE - 10in X 1/8in
2 GASKET - FLANGE - 6in X 1/8in
223 TAPECOAT - 6in X .65mils X LFT
261 SEALANT - 1in X 1in X 14.5ft CS-202
1 NEVER SIEZE - TUBE
2 FLOAT - NOLTA - MS1 - 20m
1 ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCER - XPS-15
2 PUMP - VAUGHAN - SE6W-092 30HP
42 PIPE - 304SS - 2in SCH40 (4 @ 10.5ft)
80 PIPE - 304SS - 2in SCH40 (4 @ 20ft)
2 STAR FLANGE ADAPTER - 10in -SERIES 200
2 STAR FLEX - DOUBLE-BALL EXPANSION JOINT S5000 - 10in - +2 - -2 EXPANSION 2 KOR-N-SEAL - 16in CORE - 10in PIPE
1 KOR-N-SEAL - 24in CORE - 21in PIPE
2 SPOOL - FLG X FLG - 10in X 17.5ft - DI - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 2 SPOOL - FLG X PE - 10in X 48in - DI - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 2 SPOOL - FLG X PE - 10in X 72in - DI - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 2 ELBOW - DI - 10in - 90 DEG - FLG X FLG - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 1 JUNCTION BOX ASSSEMBLY
1 BASE - VV - 444B
1 HATCH - FLOODTIGHT - H20 - 24X30
1 TOP SLAB -VV - 444 - H20
1 ADALET ENCLOSURE - EXPLOSION PROOF - 101406
1 ADALET ENCLOSURE
2 CORD GRIP - LEAK SENSOR CABLE - 1-2in NPT
2 CMP CABLE CONNECTOR - 1.4in - 1.7in CABLE - 2NPT
1 SEAL EYS 1 1-4in
1 NIPPLE - GALV - 1.25in X CLOSE
1 JUNCTION BOX SUPPORT BRACKET
2 REDUCER - DI - ECCENTRIC - 10in X 6in - 401 LINED & 431 COATED

VALVE VAULT

QTY ITEM
1 BASE - VV - 810 MIDDLE
1 BASE - VV - 810
1 HATCH - VV - 810 - H20 - 73X93AO
1 TOP SLAB - VV - 810 - H20
1 VALVE KEY - 24in HAND WRENCH
2 PIPE STAND - 10in - S92 SAD - NO BASE
2 PIPE STAND - 10in - S89 FLG - NO BASE
2 VALVE KEY BRACKET
1 VALVE KEY - 6ft GATE WRENCH
10 PIPE - DI - 10in - CL52 2 @ 5ft -401 LINED & 431 COATED 12 PIPE - GALV - 2in SCH40 4@3ft
2 SWING CHECK VALVE - 10in - SG BUSTER

8.a
Packet Pg. 815 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

6.01 SCOPE OF SUPPLY: PRODUCTS
2 MECHANICAL INDICATOR - 10in
2 VALVE - PLUG - 10in - GEAR OP
1 VALVE - PLUG - 10in - GEAR OP
1 BACKFLOW ACTUATOR - 8in & 10in
2 COUPLING - STAR - 10in FBEC W/SS BOLTS
3 RETAINER GLAND -STAR - 10in
1 STAR FLANGE ADAPTER - 10in -SERIES 200
1 STAR FLEX - DOUBLE-BALL EXPANSION JOINT S5000 - 10in - +2 - -2 EXPANSION 3 KOR-N-SEAL - 16in CORE - 10in PIPE
1 FLANGE - DI - 10in - BLIND - 401 LINED & 431 COATED
2 SPOOL - FLG X FLG - 10in X 7.75in - DI - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 1 SPOOL - FLG X FLG - 10in X 13.75in - DI - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 1 SPOOL - FLG X PE - 10in X 36in - DI - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 1 TEE - DI - 10in - FLG X FLG - 401 LINED & 431 COATED
1 ELBOW - DI - 10in - 90 DEG - FLG X FLG - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 1 WYE - DI - 10in - FLG - 401 LINED & 431 COATED
14 GASKET - FLANGE - 10in X 1/8in
87 SEALANT - 1in X 1in X 14.5ft CS-202

ODOR CONTROL

QTY ITEM
1 ODOR CONTROL - 3X3 SCRUBBER WITH 1VBL-6 FAN

GENERATOR

QTY ITEM
1 100KW, 480V/3PHASE, Natural Gas Fired Generator w/225A Automatic Transfer Switch

CONTROL PANEL/ELECTRICAL & COMMUNICATION

QTY ITEM
1 DUPLEX ALTERNATOR CONTROL PANEL WITH SOFT STARTERS -
480V/3PHASE - NEMA 3R

8.a
Packet Pg. 816 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

6.02 WET WELL
This section contains information pertaining to the wet well. There is both technical information and related drawings necessary for the wet well construction.

This section is structured as follows:

6.02.1 WET WELL COMPONENT DRAWING(S)

6.02.2 WET WELL PRODUCTION DRAWING(S)

6.02.3 WET WELL HATCH DRAWING

6.02.4 WET WELL DATA SHEETS

CONSEAL

TAPECOAT

BARREL GASKETS

KOR-N-SEAL
TNEMEC
PROTECTO 401

VENT CAP

COUPLING

FLANGE ADAPTER

EXPANSION JOINT

8.a
Packet Pg. 817 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) SHEET
1 OF 2

JOB NUMBER
RMTC
0000
S
O
U
T
H
E
R
N
P
U
MP
1 0"
D
I
-
1 0'
D
I
A
W
E
T
W
E
L
L
1 8
2 4
0 N
O
R
T
H
B
A
N
K
R
O
A
D
R
O
S
EB
U
R
G
,
O
R
E
G
O
N
9 7
4 7
0 (
5 4
1 )
4 9
6 -
9 6
7 8
F
A
X
(
5 4
1 )
4 9
6 -
0804
V
E
R
I
F
Y
SCA
L
E
BA
R
I
S
O
N
E
I
N
C
H
O
N
O
R
I
G
I
N
AL
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
0 1
"
D
A
TE
-
D
S
N
-
D
R
N
-
C
K
D
-
N
G
N
G
3 -
5 -
1 3
I
F
N
O
T
O
N
E
I
N
C
H
O
N
T
H
I
S
S
H
E
E
T,
A
D
J
U
S
T
S
CA
L
E
S
AC
C
O
R
D
I
N
G
L
Y
Parts List

ITEM QTY STOCK NUMBER DESCRIPTION
11 10-XXXX BASE ASSEMBLY

1.1 1 10-5168 BASE - WW - 10ft - RU FLAT BASE - 12ft X 14ft1.2 1 10-5364 GROUT RING - 10ft1.3 2 31-XXXX DISCHARGE ELBOW - 6in - VAUGHAN1.4 2 31-6040 ANCHOR KIT - DISCHARGE ELBOW1.5 2 42-5656 COUPLING - STAR - 10in FBEC W/SS BOLTS1.6 2 44-4585 REDUCER - DI - ECCENTRIC - 10in X 6in - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 12 12-5905 BARREL - 10ft DIA X 5ft H43 12-5906 BARREL - 10ft DIA X 6ft H14 14-XXXX TOP SLAB ASSEMBLY

4.1 1 13-5379 HATCH - WW - 10ft H20 - 54794 - 57 x 884.2 1 13-ROM HATCH KEY4.3 1 14-5907 TOP SLAB - WW - 10ft H20 - DUPLEX4.4 1 18-5427 VENT - MUSHROOM CAP4.5 2 18-6015 BRACKET - UPPER GUIDE BAR - 2in SS4.6 2 18-6031 BOLT & NUT KIT - UPPER GUIDE BAR BRACKET - 3-8in4.7 3 18-6115 CABLE HANGER ASSEMBLY4.8 1 40-XXXX NIPPLE - GALV - 4in SCH40 X 24in4.9 1 42-XXXX COUPLING - 4in - GALVANIZED STEEL - SCH40 15 15-4592 DEFLECTOR PANEL ASSEMBLY - 5ft

5.1 1 15-5365 GUILLOTINE CABLE ASSEMBLY - 25ft TOTAL LENGTH5.2 1 15-6042 HDPE - 24in X 24in X 1/2in - BLACK - cut from 4ft x 8ft5.3 2 15-6047 BRACKET - SS GUILLOTINE SET5.4 1 50-6045 HDPE - 4ft X 8ft X 1-2in - BLACK5.5 10 50-6139 ANGLE - 316SS 11GA FORMED (10ftww) 16 18-5145 DISCHARGE PIPE SUPPORT - UNISTRUT27 18-5228 DISCHARGE CLAMP - TOLSTRUT - 10in 316SS 8 1 18-6009 DISCHARGE PIPE SUPPORT - WALL BRACKET SET
29 18-FAST DISCHARGE CLAMP BOLT - 1-2 X 1 SS BOLT, WASHER, FIBER LOCK NUT 10 1 18-FAST DISCHARGE PIPE SUPPORT - BOLT KIT11 1 18-XXXX SHIPPING CRATE

11.1 6 12-ROM BARREL GASKET11.2 2 18-5945 BRACKET - INTERMEDIATE GUIDE BAR - 2in11.3 4 18-6020 LIFTING CLUTCH - 8 TON11.4 1 32-4673 PUMP LIFTING EYE11.5 2 32-5492 LIFTING RING - 1/2in - WLL2900lbs11.6 2 32-5942 BOW SHACKLE - 3-8in - SS W-SCREW PIN11.7 4 32-5999 CHAIN - S5 5-16in 316SS (2 @ 2ft)11.8 2 32-6118 CORD GRIP - 1.50in - 1.74in DIA SS11.9 2 32-6354 LIFTING SLING - .125in SS CABLE 2 @ 32ft

11.10 8 47-5252 GASKET - FLANGE - 10in X 1/8in11.11 2 47-6547 GASKET - FLANGE - 6in X 1/8in

11.12 223 51-5949 TAPECOAT - 6in X .65mils X LFT11.13 261 51-6081 SEALANT - 1in X 1in X 14.5ft CS-202

11.14 1 51-ROM NEVER SIEZE - TUBE11.15 2 60-4574 FLOAT - NOLTA - MS1 - 20m11.16 1 60-5044 ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCER - XPS-15 12 2 30-5500 PUMP - VAUGHAN - SE6W-092 30HP
4213 40-6014 PIPE - 304SS - 2in SCH40 (4 @ 10.5ft)8014 40-6014 PIPE - 304SS - 2in SCH40 (4 @ 20ft) 15 2 42-5746 STAR FLANGE ADAPTER - 10in -SERIES 200
STAR FLEX - DOUBLE-BALL EXPANSION JOINT S5000 - 10in - +2 - -2 EXPANSION 16 2 42-574717 2 43-5188 KOR-N-SEAL - 16in CORE - 10in PIPE18 1 43-5354 KOR-N-SEAL - 24in CORE - 21in PIPE19 2 45-4304 SPOOL - FLG X FLG - 10in X 17.5ft - DI - 401 LINED & 431 COATED20 2 45-5213 SPOOL - FLG X PE - 10in X 48in - DI - 401 LINED & 431 COATED21 2 45-XXXX SPOOL - FLG X PE - 10in X 72in - DI - 401 LINED & 431 COATED22 2 46-5211 ELBOW - DI - 10in - 90 DEG - FLG X FLG - 401 LINED & 431 COATED23 1 61-XXXX JUNCTION BOX ASSSEMBLY

23.1 1 20-6221 BASE - VV - 444B23.2 1 23-4713 HATCH - FLOODTIGHT - H20 - 24X3023.3 1 24-4716 TOP SLAB -VV - 444 - H2023.4 1 61-4851 ADALET ENCLOSURE - EXPLOSION PROOF - 10140623.5 1 61-6606 ADALET ENCLOSURE23.6 2 62-4860 CORD GRIP - LEAK SENSOR CABLE - 1-2in NPT23.7 2 62-4882 CMP CABLE CONNECTOR - 1.4in - 1.7in CABLE - 2NPT23.8 1 62-6610 SEAL EYS 1 1-4in23.9 1 62-6613 NIPPLE - GALV - 1.25in X CLOSE

23.10 1 62-XXXX JUNCTION BOX SUPPORT BRACKET
© 2014 ROMTEC INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THESEPLANS AND DRAWINGS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED,ADAPTED, OR FURTHER DISTRIBUTED, AND NOCOMPONENTS MAY BE CONSTRUCTED FROM THESEPLANS, WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ROMTEC, INC.

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHOWNARE NOMINAL DIMENSIONS. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ON-SITE CONTRACTOR OR ROMTEC UTILITIESCUSTOMER (NOT ROMTEC UTILITIES) TO VERIFY THEACCURACY OF ANY CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OR ELEVATIONSPRIOR TO SETTING OR INSTALLING ANY EQUIPMENT. 3 R
EV
I
S
E
D
P
E
R
1 1
-
1 1
-
1 4
C
O
MME
N
T
S
1 1
-
1 1
-
1 4
A
D
2 U
P
D
A
T
E
D
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
PAR
TS
1 0-
1 4
-
1 4
N
N
A
1 E
XPA
N
S
I
O
N
J
O
I
N
T
S
1 0-
1 8
-
1 3
N
N
A
R
E
V
I
S
I
O
N
H
I
S
T
O
R
Y
R
E
V
D
E
S
C
R
I
PT
I
O
N
D
AT
E
A
P
P
R
O
V
WELL FLOOR ELEVATION - 940.25'
NOTE: WET WELL TOP SLAB IS H-20 OCCASIONAL TRAFFIC RATED C
O
MP
O
N
E
N
T
D
R
A
W
I
N
G

LEVEL ELEVATION DISTANCE BETWEEN POINTS SET POINT DESCRIPTION

SENSOR AND ELEVATION TABLE
947.78
947.75
947.50947.25
943.25
940.25

0.25 0.25

4.00 3.00

SEWER INVERT IN

HIGH LEVEL ALARM

SENSOR SPACING

LAG PUMP START

SENSOR SPACING

LEAD PUMP START

SENSOR SPACING

PUMP STOP

DISTANCE TO FLOOR

FLOOR ELEVATION
810 VALVE VAULT ASSEMBLY
SEE SHEET 2
10'DIAMETER WET WELL10"DISCHARGE PIPINGSE6W-092 VAUGHAN PUMPS 10" - 8ft X 10ft VAULT
CLEARHATCH OPENING57" X 88"
DRAIN BACK TO WET WELL:3" PLAIN HOLE IN VAULT(PROVIDED)2" PEE TRAP ON VAULT ENDWITH CHECK VALVE AT END OF PIPE IN WET WELL.(BY OTHERS) NOT ROMTEC UTILITIES

INVERT ELEVATION - INFLUENT SEWER (BY OTHERS)
947.78
21" SDR 35
36 19.00OFFSET
14'-0"

OUTSIDE DIAMETER
10' - 0"

INSIDE DIAMETER
2'-7"
1'-0"
33'-0"

4.3 33332

1.1 12 11.5 11.6 11.9

1.3 1.6

1.5 21
19 22

11.16 5

4.1 17 20
5 11.16

COATING BY OTHERS
12'-0"
14'-0"
23 12
10 9 8 7 6 12
RIM ELEV: 972.25'

11.15 14

11.2 13
20 17

CENTERLINE DISCHARGE
ELEVATION - 967.00'
ALL MATERIALS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET WILL BE SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC UTILITIES AND DELIVERED TO THE SITE AFTER THE HOLE HAS BEEN EXCAVATED AND SHORED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY A CRANE OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO LOWER ALL THECONCRETE PIECES INTO THE HOLE SAFELY. THE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL THE WET WELL (AND VALVE VAULT AND METERING VAULT IF APPLICABLE). ROMTEC UTILITIESWILL PROVIDE A REPRESENTATIVE FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE ON THE DAY OF INSTALLATION TO ANSWER ANY QUESTIONS THAT MAY ARISE. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND INSTALLATION. ITEMS NOTED AS "BY OTHERS" WILL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR.ROMTEC UTILITIES WILL NOT INSTALL ANY OF THECOMPONENTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE. 23 33332
1 4.7

4.5 6
18 16
16 16
15 15
15 FINISH GRADEELEV: 970.55'
54 4.4

4.8 ALL DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS ARE TO 401 EPOXY INTERIOR LINED AND TNEMEC 431 EXTERIOR COATED RIM ELEV: 972.25'

FINISH GRADE
ELEV: 970.55'
1'-8 1/2"

8.a
Packet Pg. 818
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) PLA
N
VIEW
SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"

8.a
Packet Pg. 819
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 820
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern

8.a
Packet Pg. 821
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern

8.a
Packet Pg. 822
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern

8.a
Packet Pg. 823
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

6.02.4 WET WELL DATA SHEETS

PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

8.a
Packet Pg. 824 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

P R O D U C T S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
CS-202
Butyl Rubber Sealant
1 P.O. Box 176, New Carlisle OH, 45344 • 937.845.8776 or 800.332.7325 FAX 937-845-3587 • www.conseal.com

APPLICATIONS
For self-sealing joints in: Manholes, Concrete Vaults, Septic Tanks, Concrete Pipe, Box Culverts, Utility Vaults, Burial Vaults, and Vertical Panel Structures.

SEALING PROPERTIES
• Provides permanently flexible watertight joints.
• Low to high temperature workability: 0°F to 120°F (-12°C to 48°C) • Rugged service temperature: -30°F to +200°F (-34°C to +93°C) • Excellent chemical and mechanical adhesion to clean, dry surfaces. • Sealed Joints will not shrink, harden or oxide upon aging. • No priming normally necessary. When confronted with difficult installation conditions, such as wet concrete or temperatures below 40°F (4°C), priming the concrete will improve the bonding action. Consult Concrete Sealants for the proper primer to meet your application.

HYDROSTATIC STRENGTH
ConSeal CS-202 meets the hydrostatic performance requirement as set forth In ASTM C-990 section 10.1 (Performance requirement: 10psi for 10 minutes in straight alignment – in plant, quality control test for joint materials.)

SPECIFICATIONS
ConSeal CS-202 meets or exceeds the requirements of Federal Specification SS-S-210 (210-A), AASHTO M-198B, and ASTM C-990-91.

8.a
Packet Pg. 825 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

P R O D U C T S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
CS-202
Butyl Rubber Sealant
2 P.O. Box 176, New Carlisle OH, 45344 • 937.845.8776 or 800.332.7325 FAX 937-845-3587 • www.conseal.com

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Spec Required* CS-202
Hydrocarbon blend content % by
weight
ASTM D4 (mod.) 50% min. 52%
Inert mineral filler % by weight AASHTO T111 30% min. 35% Volatile Matter % by weight ASTM D6 2% max. 1.2
Specific Gravity, 77°F ASTM D71 1.15-1.50 1.20
Ductility, 77°F ASTM D113 5.0 min. 12
Penetration, cone 77°F, 150 gm. 5
sec.

ASTM D217 50-100 60-65
Penetration, cone 32°F, 150 gm. 5
sec.

ASTM D217 40 mm 50-55
Flash Point, C.O.C., °F ASTM D92 350°F min. 425°F
Fire point, C.O.C., °F ASTM D92 375°F min. 450°F

IMMERSION TESTING
• 30-Day Immersion Testing: No visible deterioration when tested in 5% Caustic Potash, 5% Hydrochloric Acid, 5% Sulfuric Acid, and 5% saturated Hydrogen Sulfide. *
• One Year Immersion Testing: No visible deterioration when tested in 5% Formaldehyde, 5% Formic Acid, 5% Sulfuric Acid, 5% Hydrochloric Acid, 5% Sodium Hydroxide, 5% Hydrogen Sulfide and 5% Potassium Hydroxide. * Requirements of ASTM C-990 Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants.

LIMITED WARRANTY
This information is presented in good faith, but we cannot anticipate all conditions under which this information and our products, or the products of other manufacturers in combination with our products, may be used. We accept no responsibility for results obtained by the application of this information or the safety and suitability of our products, either alone or in combination with other products. Users are advised to make their own tests to determine the safety and suitability of each such product or product combinations for their own purposes. It is the user’s responsibility to satisfy himself as to the suitability and completeness of such information for this own particular use. We sell this product without warranty, and buyers and users assume all responsibility and liability for loss or damage arising from the handling and use of this product, whether used alone or in combination with other products.

8.a
Packet Pg. 826 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) TAPECOAT M860

PAVEMENT REPAIR COATING
Protection for Concrete and Asphalt Surfaces Tapecoat M860 provides quick and easy repair of cracks in concrete and asphalt surfaces. This cold-applied, selfadhering tape is effective as a temporary patching material and also offers excellent bonding for repair of the
substrate prior to a complete asphalt overlay. Tapecoat M860 solves maintenance problems in paving material
on city streets, highways, and parking structures. This puncture-resistant coating can also protect transducer
and sensor wiring from tire damage, prevent pavement
deterioration due to deformation in heavy-traffic areas, and provide quick temporary repair to paved surfaces on bridges and airport runways
and tarmacs.

Tapecoat M860
retains its ability to bond under
pressure at temperatures as
low as 0˚ F, making this coating
ideal for temporary repairs
during the cold winter months. ®

8.a
Packet Pg. 827 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) - Excellent bond to concrete and asphalt surfaces
- Applies easily in long lengths or short pieces
- Cold-applied tape with quick release liner
- Impermeable to water and salt
- Puncture-resistant
- Prefabricated to provide uniform thickness
- Environment-friendly
Tapecoat M860 Pavement Repair Coating
PO Box 631, Evanston, IL 60204-0631 • 1527 Lyons St. Evanston, IL 60201-3551 USA 800/758-6041 847/866-8500 Fax: 800/332-8273 Fax: 847/866-8596 www.tapecoat.com ®
Tapecoat® M860
A pre-formed, cold-applied, self-adhering
material that is impermeable to water and salt.

Composition
Tapecoat M860 is a pre-formed, cold-applied coating.

The adhesive is manufactured from specially formulated
elastomer and resins bonded to a woven highly
puncture-resistant polymer.

Technical Data
Color: Black
Shelf life: Rotate stock yearly
Low temp flex: Excellent
Bacteria resistance: Excellent
Thickness: .060” Nominal
Water Vapor
Transmission Rate, 0.01 perms(grams/sq.ft.hr./in.

Permeance: Hg) Maximum
Tensile Strength: 50 lb.in. Minimum
Puncture Resistance: 200 lb. Minimum
(Mesh)
Pliability-1/4” Mandrel
180˚ bend -30˚F: No cracks in mesh or adhesive
Surface Preparation
Tapecoat M860 should be applied over dry pavement
that is free of dirt, debris or other foreign matter.

Pavement cracks wider than3/8” should be pre-filled
with hot or cold crack material prior to applying
Tapecoat M860 to assure longer protection of the crack
filling material against surface wear.

Option
If the application is taking place in extreme cold (below 32˚F/O˚C) a liquid primer will enhance the immediate
bond. TC Omniprime is the compatible primer for use
with this product.

Features/Specifications/Application

8.a
Packet Pg. 828 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Tylox®
SuperSeal™
Pre-Lubricated
Gasket
For Single Offset Joints ...
… in Round or Elliptical Pipe, Man-Holes and Boxes
Say Goodbye to the lube
bucket and brush ……
Say Hello to fast, clean,
simple installation
Requiring no field lubrication,
the Tylox® SuperSeal™ gasket* has
a layer of silcone lubricant installed
on the inner surface of the tube during the manufacturing process; saving you time, and money, on the job-site.

Self-contained Lubricant. Sealed
within the tube, the lube is impervious to mud, dirt and debris. If you drop it in the trench, simply wipe
the gasket surface clean and you’re
ready to install. No special handling
or packaging is required.

Easier installation, without
equalization, is made possible
due to the reduced gasket stretch
required by the unique lamell/rolling tube design. Quick and easy to install means you save even more
time.

No gasket “roll” or “twist” during coupling is another benefit of the unique lamell/rolling tube design, which reduces the insertion force required. Manual coupling of
up to 36” pipe is possible.

Self-Centering of the Spigot
within the Bell is carried out as
the tube rolls into the annular space
during the homing process.

Elimination of Joint Kick Back,
is caused by the rearward locking
action of the serrations as the tube
rolls forward
Bell and Spigot protection under
deflection is accomplished by the
cushioning effect of the tube, as it
rests within the annular space.

ASTM C361, ASTM C425,
ASTM C443, AASHTO
M198.4 and CSA A-257 material requirement compliance.

Pipe sizes to 144” can be accommodated.

Lamell
Tube
Nose
Compression
Section
Locking
Serrations
Lubricant
Layer

8.a
Packet Pg. 829 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

INSTALLATION MATERIALS

SPECIFICATIONS
Ensure Bell, Spigot and Gasket are free from loose debris or foreign material.

Stretch the gasket around the spigot, with the nose against the step, and the tube laying flat against the spigot. DO NOT LUBRICATE.

Align the spigot with the bell, and thrust the spigot home using suitable mechanical means. The homing process will cause the lubricated tube to “roll” over itself, above the compression section, allowing the pipe to slide forward.

Once fully homed, the compression section seals the total annular space; the rolling tube comes to rest within the small annular space - acting as a cushion against side loads, and the serrations act to resist pipe pull-out. *Tylox SuperSeal Gaskets are patented under US Patent 4934716 Tylox® SuperSeal™ gaskets* are available in the following materials:
•Isoprene
Optional Materials
•Nitrile (Oil Resistant)
•Isoprene / EPDM blend
(Green Book & C425)
•Neoprene (Oil and Ozone
Resistant)

Other materials may be available as
special order.

Consult your Hamilton Kent agent
for your specific requirements.

Tylox® SuperSeal™ gaskets* are
manufactured to meet the material
requirements of the following specifications:
•ASTM C361, C425, &
C443
•AASHTO M198.4
•CSA A257
•“Green Book”
Other specifications may be available as special order. Please consult your Hamilton Kent agent for your
specific requirements.

CONTACT US
Hamilton Kent
77, Carlingview Drive
Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

M9W 5J6
Phone (800) 268-8479
Fax (888) 674-6960
Web-Site www.hamiltonkent.com
E-Mail [email protected]
All Tylox® SuperSeal™ gaskets are warrantied for 12 months from date of purchase (Invoice Date) in accordance with the details as outlined in Hamilton Kent’s Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale.

Lit_TSS_0601_ER4

8.a
Packet Pg. 830 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) 1 2
3 Hamilton Kent
make the connection
Pipe & Manhole Pre~lubricated Gasket Installation
Manhole
Gasket should be placed firmly against
the offset all thE) way around the spigot
of th,e pipe.
1 2
3 Gasket should be
placed firmly
against the offset
all the way around
the spigot of the
manhole.

ENG: 001 U.S. PAT #4934716 TSS GASKETS REV 01 REV DATE: 04/27/05

8.a
Packet Pg. 831 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Install Pipe Clamp(s)
with T-Handle Torque Wrench
Install Kor-N-Seal I - Wedge Korband
with Socket Wrench & Torque Limiter
Install Kor-N-Seal II - Wedge Korband
with Standard Torque Wrench

KOR-N-SEAL I - WEDGE KORBAND CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY
Stainless Steel
Pipe Clamp

EPDM OR

POLYISOPRENE
Reinforced Nylon Wedge
or
Stainless Wedge
Stainless Steel
Korband
www.npc.com
250 Elm Street • P.O. Box 301
Milford, NH 03055, U.S.A.

Tel: 603-673-8680 • 800-626-2180 • Fax: 603-673-7271
KOR-N-SEAL® I & II

FLEXIBLE PIPE-TO-MANHOLE CONNECTORS

SPECIFICATION SHEET
02/06

8.a
Packet Pg. 832 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Head Pressure C923 - 7.1 0° - 13 psi (30 ft) for 10 min. +13 psi for 10 min. 7° - 10 psi (23 ft) for 10 min. +10 psi for 10 min.

Deflection Test C923 - 7.2.2 7° in any direction Over 7° in any direction Load Test C923 - 7.2.3 150 lbs/in. pipe dia. Over 150 lbs/in. pipe dia.

Performed on all standard sizes of Kor-N-Seal Connectors.

RESILIENT EPDM OR POLYISOPRENE RUBBER
Conforms to ASTM C923

PERFORMANCE
Test ASTM Method Test Requirements Kor-N-Seal ® I & II
Test ASTM Method Test Requirements TEST RESULTS
Kor-N-Seal® I & II
Chemical Resistance D543, at 22°C for 48 h
1 N Sulfuric Acid No weight loss No weight loss
1 N Hydrochloric Acid No weight loss No weight loss
Tensile Strength D412 1200 psi 1580 psi
Elongation at Break 350% min. 500%
Hardness D2240 (shore A durometer) ± 5 from the manufacturer's 48 ± 5 specified hardness
Accelerated Oven-Aging D573 70 ± 1°C for 7 days Decrease of 15%, max. of original 10.1% tensile decrease tensile strength, decrease of 14.0% elongation decrease 20% max. of elongation
Compression Set D395, method B, at 70°C Decrease of 25%, max. 13% decrease for 22 h of original deflection
Water Absorption D471, immerse 0.75 by 2-in. Increase of 10%, max. .8% increase specimen in distilled of original by weight
water at 70°C for 48 h
Ozone Resistance D1171 Rating 0 Rating 0
Low-temperature Brittle Point D746 No fracture at -40°C No fracture at -40°C Tear Resistance D624, method B 200 lbf/in. No tear at 210 lbf/in.

INTERNAL KORBAND
Conforms to ASTM C923, ASTM A666, and A240
– Korband Assembly is manufactured of 300 series stainless steel. – Toggle Expander is made of 300 series stainless steel. – The 106/406 series Wedge Expander is made from reinforced nylon or 300 series stainless steel. – The 206/306 series Wedge Expander is made from 300 series stainless steel.

EXTERNAL PIPE CLAMP
Conforms to ASTM C923, ASTM A666, and A240
External take-up clamps are manufactured of 300 series stainless steel.

KOR-N-SEAL® I & II
Flexible Pipe-to-Manhole Connectors

SPECIFICATION SHEET
www.npc.com
250 Elm Street • P.O. Box 301
Milford, NH 03055, U.S.A.
05/06 Tel: 603-673-8680 • 800-626-2180 • Fax: 603-673-7271

8.a
Packet Pg. 833 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) NPC Kor-N-Seal Pipe-to-Manhole Connector
Technical Specification
Scope:

This specification describes the function of the NPC Kor-N-Seal pipe-to-manhole connector, its principle of operation, and the component materials that constitute the Kor-N-Seal connector, and their physical properties.

Product Application:

NPC Kor-N-Seal connectors are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C-923 "Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals". This specification requires the connector to provide a watertight seal under the following conditions:
• 10 PSI (23 feet head) of groundwater pressure
• Minimum 7 Degrees of pipe articulation in any direction • Radial loading test of 150 pounds per inch diameter of pipe Principle of Operation:

The Kor-N-Seal connector creates a watertight seal between the pipe and manhole by first sealing to the inside of the cored or formed hole in the manhole and then sealing to the outside of the pipe. See illustration at right.

The seal at the inside of the manhole is created by the stainless steel Korband. The Korband is located inside of the end of the Kor-NSeal connector that fits into the manhole. Once the Kor-N-Seal connector is located in the manhole, the diameter of the Korband is increased. This compresses the Kor-N-Seal connector against the inside wall of the hole in the manhole creating a watertight seal at the manhole.

The seal at the outside of the pipe is created by the stainless steel pipe clamp(s). The pipe clamp is located on the outside of the KorN-Seal connector. Once the pipe has been positioned in the connector the diameter of the pipe clamp is decreased. This compresses the Kor-N-Seal connector against the outside wall of the pipe creating a watertight seal at the pipe.

Reference the Kor-N-Seal Recommeded Installation Instructions for a detailed explanation of the preparation and installation of the Kor-N-Seal connector.

8.a
Packet Pg. 834 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) PIPE INSTALLATION:

1. Center pipe in Connector opening.

2. On maximum pipe O.D. installations, use a pipe lubricant on the outside barrel of the pipe and/or the inside ridges of the Connector (under the Pipe Clamp area) to allow the pipe to slide into place more easily.

3. Position the Pipe Clamp in the Connector's Pipe Clamp groove with the screw at the top.

4. Tighten the Pipe Clamp screw to 60 inch pounds [7 Newton Meters] with a T-handle Torque Wrench, P/N 80090.

5. On minimum pipe O.D. installations, lift the rubber up underneath the Pipe Clamp screw so that the Connector contacts the bottom surface of the pipe while the Pipe Clamp screw is being tightened. Application of pipe lubrication on the underside of the clamp will also help assure that an even contraction of rubber is maintained throughout the clamping area.

6. After the Pipe Clamp has been tightened down firmly, move the pipe horizontally and/or vertically to bring it to grade.

CAUTION: Pipe must NOT rest on Connector Korband.

Refer to reverse side Kor-N-Seal I - Wedge Korband Installation Chart for Hole Size Range, Connector Dimensions, and Suggested Pipe O.D. Range.

CONNECTOR INSTALLATION:

1. Check to be sure Korband is properly located in Connector groove. (Fig. 1)

2. Insert Connector Assembly into hole with Wedge Expander at top of hole. (Fig. 2)

3. Position Connector so it is square to manhole both vertically and horizontally. (Fig. 3)

4. Tighten Wedge Expander using 1/2" [13 mm] socket with a preset torque limiter for each. For each size connector use torque limiter preset to proper torque. (Fig. 4) Retorquing is not required prior to shipment.

CAUTION: DO NOT USE IMPACT WRENCH.

Fig. 4

RECOMMENDED TORQUE

TORQUE LIMITER
Connector Foot Pounds
Inches [mm] [Newton Meters]
10 – 24 12
[254 – 610] [16]
P/N
91440-12
www.npc.com
250 Elm Street • P.O. Box 301
Milford, NH 03055, U.S.A.

Tel: 603-673-8680 • 800-626-2180 • Fax: 603-673-7271
Outer Wall Top View
Wedge Expander Area
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

I M P O R T A N T
KOR-N-SEALI –

STAINLESS STEEL WEDGE
Recommended Installation Procedure
Side View
Outer Wall
Korband
Wedge
Expander
Inner wall
CAUTION:

All capped stubs awaiting pipe installation at a later date must be restrained. Assure that a proper backfill material is used in adverse conditions. Prior to any critical usage, contact NPC Customer service at 1-800-626-2180.

8.a
Packet Pg. 835 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

CONNECTORS FOR SMALL DIAMETER PIPE
S106 Series — 8” Long Connectors

NOMINAL MODEL PIPE HOLE
HOLE SIZE NUMBER O.D. RANGE SIZE RANGE
7” S106-7SWP 1.80 – 4.80 6.995 – 7.055
7” S106-7WP 3.50 – 4.50 6.995 – 7.055
8” S106-8ST 4.20 – 6.40 7.995 – 8.055
8” S106-8T 4.10 – 5.90 7.995 – 8.055
8” S106-8M 1.70 – 4.80 7.995 – 8.055
12” S106-12BWP* 5.75 – 7.00 12.000 – 12.200
12” S106-12AWP* 7.00 – 8.50 12.000 – 12.200
12” S106-12WP* 8.25 – 9.75 12.000 – 12.200
12” S106-12BT 5.75 – 7.00 12.040 – 12.130
12” S106-12AT 7.00 – 8.50 12.040 – 12.130
12” S106-12T 8.25 – 9.75 12.040 – 12.130
12” S106-12BSL 5.75 – 7.00 12.000 – 12.250
12” S106-12ASL 7.00 – 8.50 12.000 – 12.250
12” S106-12SL 8.25 – 9.75 12.000 – 12.250
14” S106-14AWP* 9.50 – 11.25 14.000 – 14.200
14” S106-14AT 9.50 – 11.25 14.025 – 14.115
14” S106-14ASL 9.50 – 11.25 14.500 – 14.250
16” S106-16BWP* 9.50 – 11.25 15.950 – 16.150
16” S106-16AWP* 11.25 – 13.00 15.950 – 16.150
16” S106-16WP* 13.00 – 14.20 15.950 – 16.150
16” S106-16BT 9.50 – 11.25 15.975 – 16.070
16” S106-16AT 11.25 – 13.00 15.975 – 16.070
16” S106-16T 13.00 – 14.50 15.975 – 16.070
16” S106-16BSL 9.50 – 11.25 15.950 – 16.200
16” S106-16ASL 11.25 – 13.00 15.950 – 16.200
16” S106-16SL 13.00 – 14.20 15.950 – 16.200
20” S106-20BWS 14.00 – 15.50 19.950 – 20.100
20” S106-20AWS 15.50 – 17.00 19.950 – 20.100
20” S106-20WS 17.00 – 18.15 19.950 – 20.100
22” S106-22WS 17.75 – 19.25 21.950 – 22.100
24” S106-24WS 19.60 – 21.10 23.950 – 24.100
* also available in Steel Wedge (WS)
www.npc.com
250 Elm Street • P.O. Box 301
Milford, NH 03055, U.S.A.

Tel: 603-673-8680 • 800-626-2180 • Fax: 603-673-7271
Kor-N-Seal® I
Dimension Chart

8.a
Packet Pg. 836 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) PERMA-SHIELD ® PL

PRODUCT DATA SHEET
SERIES 431

PRODUCT PROFILE
GENERIC DESCRIPTION Modified Polyamine Ceramic Epoxy
COMMON USAGE A 100% solids, abrasion-resistant lining specifically designed for wastewater immersion and fume environments. Provides low permeation to H2S gas, protects against MIC and provides chemical resistance to steel, ductile iron pipe and fittings for severe wastewater. A coal-tar free, resin-rich formulation with low pigment volume concentration (PVC) for maximum performance.

COLORS 5024 Sewer Pipe Green. Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight.

FINISH Gloss
SPECIAL QUALIFICATIONS Contains 20% ceramic microspheres for increased abrasion resistance. Compatible with high-velocity jet sewer cleaning (hydrocleaning) with 0-degree tips (Reference Technical Bulletin No. 11-86).

Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com should be referenced for the most current technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representative for current technical data and instructions.
© July 16, 2013 by Tnemec Co., Inc.

COATING SYSTEM
PRIMERS Self-priming, Series N69 or Series N140. Note: Series 431 must be applied to Series N69 or N140 within 7 days. Scarify the surface with fine abrasive before topcoating if exceeding this maximum recoat window.

Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com should be referenced for the most current technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representative for current technical data and instructions.

SURFACE PREPARATION
Prepare surfaces by method suitable for exposure and service.

STEEL SSPC-SP5/NACE 1/ISO Sa 3 White Metal Blast Cleaning with a minimum angular anchor profile of 3.0 mils (76.2 microns) DUCTILE IRON All internal surfaces of ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be delivered to the application facility without asphalt or any other protective lining on the interior surface. All oils, small deposits of asphalt paint, grease, and soluble deposits shall be removed in accordance with NAPF 500-03-01 Solvent Cleaning prior to abrasive blasting.

Pipe: Uniformly rotary-abrasive blast using angular abrasive to a NAPF 500-03-04: Internal Pipe Surface condition, full removal of annealing oxide layer. When viewed without magnification, the interior surfaces shall be free of all visible dirt, dust, annealing oxide, rust, mold coating and other foreign matter. Any area where rust reappears before application shall be reblasted. The surface shall contain a minimum angular anchor profile of 3.0 mils (76.2 microns) (Reference NACE RP0287 or ASTM D 4417, Method C).

Fittings: Uniformly abrasive blast using angular abrasive to a NAPF 500-03-05: Fitting Blast Clean #1 condition, no staining.

When viewed without magnification, the interior surfaces shall be free of all visible dirt, dust, annealing oxide, rust, mold coating and other foreign matter. Any area where rust reappears before application shall be reblasted. The surface shall contain a minimum angular anchor profile of 3.0 mils (76.2 microns) (Reference NACE RP0287 or ASTM D 4417, Method C).

ALL SURFACES Must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants.

Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com should be referenced for the most current technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representative for current technical data and instructions.

TECHNICAL DATA
VOLUME SOLIDS 100% (mixed)
RECOMMENDED DFT Carbon Steel: 30.0 to 50.0 mils (762 to 1270 microns) in one or more coats.

Ductile Iron: 40 mils (1015 microns) (nominal) in one or more coats.

Note: Number of coats and thickness requirements will vary with substrate, application method and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative.

CURING TIME Temperature Set to Touch Max. Recoat To Place in Service 90°F (32°C) 1-2 hours 7 days 24 hours
75°F (24°C) 2-3 hours 7 days 2 days
55°F (13°C) 8-9 hours 7 days 3 days
Note: If more than 7 days have elapsed between coats, the Series 431 coated surface must be mechanically abraded (scarified) before topcoating. Curing time will vary with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness.

VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS EPA Method 24: 0.19 lbs/gallon (23 grams/litre) HAPS 0.00 lbs/gal solids
THEORETICAL COVERAGE 1,604 mil sq ft/gal (39.4 m²/L at 25 microns). See APPLICATION section for coverage rates.

NUMBER OF COMPONENTS Two: Part A (amine) and Part B (epoxy) MIXING RATIO By volume: One (Part A) to one (Part B)
PACKAGING PART A (partially filled) PART B (partially filled) When Mixed Drum Sets † 55 gallon drum 55 gallon drum 100 gallons
Large Kit † 5 gallon pail 5 gallon pail 8 gallons (30.28 L) Small Kit 1 gallon pail 1 gallon pail 1 gallon (3.78L)
Touch-Up Kit †† (1 tube) 4 ounces 4 ounces 8 ounces (236 mL) † Plural Component application only.
†† Touch-Up Kit consists of six (6) tubes along with twelve (12) disposable static mixers.

NET WEIGHT PER GALLON 9.48 ± 0.25 lbs (4.3 ± .11 kg) (mixed) STORAGE TEMPERATURE Minimum 25°F (-4°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C) For optimal handling and application characteristics both material components should be conditioned to a minimum of 80°F (27°C) or higher 48 hours prior to use.

TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE (Dry) Continuous 275°F (135°C) Intermittent 300°F (149°C) (Wet) Intermittent 150°F (65°C) SHELF LIFE 24 months at recommended storage temperature.

8.a
Packet Pg. 837 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) FLASH POINT - SETA Part A: N/A Part B: 200°F (93°C)
HEALTH & SAFETY This product contains chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container label warning and Material Safety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use of this product.

Keep out of the reach of children.
© July 16, 2013 by Tnemec Co., Inc.

PRODUCT DATA SHEET
PERMA-SHIELD ® PL | SERIES 431

APPLICATION
COVERAGE RATES Before commencing, obtain and thoroughly read the Series 431 Surface Preparation and Application Guide.

Dry Mils (Microns) Wet Mils (Microns) Sq Ft/Gal (m²/Gal)

30.0 (762) 30.0 (762) 53 (4.9)

40.0 (1016) 40.0 (1016) 40 (3.7)

50.0 (1270) 50.0 (1270) 32 (3.0)
Note: Recommended DFT will depend on substrate condition and system design. Allow for overspray and surface irregularities. Film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance.

MIXING Drum Set: For Plural Component Application. Place band heaters on drums. Remove the lid and insert the mixing blade shaft through the center two-inch bung; reinstall the lid. Mixing blade should be adequately sized to fully agitate material.

The material should be 80°F-90°F (27°C-32°C) before the mixing blade is turned on. Insert 5:1 feed pumps into the outside two-inch bung. Place the recirculation line in the 3/4 inch outside bung. Recirculate the material through the primary heaters and heated hose bundle back into the containers. Continue recirculation under agitation until Component A reaches 110°F-120°F (43°C-49°C) and Component B reaches 100°F-110°F (38°C-43°C). Do not exceed 120°F (49°C) for either component. Consult Technical Services for specific details.

Large Kit: For Plural Component Application. Agitate Parts A & B separately making sure no pigment or solids remain on the bottom of the can. DO NOT MIX PART A WITH PART B. Use a 1 (Part A amine) to 1 (Part B epoxy) mix ratio heated plural component airless spray unit. Note: Product component A (amine) must be heated to 110°F to 120°F (43°C to 49°C) and component B (epoxy) must be heated to 100°F to 110°F (38°C to 43°C) prior to and during plural component application. Do not exceed 120°F (49°C) for either component. Keep containers tightly sealed prior to use. Consult Technical Services for specific details.

Small Kit: Agitate Parts A & B separately ensuring no pigment or solids remain on the bottom of the can. Scrape all of the Part B into Part A can using a flexible spatula. Use a variable speed drill with a PS Jiffy blade ad mix the blended components for a minimum of two minutes. During the mixing process, scrape the sides and bottom of the container to ensure complete blending of materials. Apply the mixed material within 15 to 20 minutes, or before the material reaches 100°F following agitation. Note: A large volume of material will gel quickly if not applied or reduced in volume.

Touch-Up Kit: Equipment: A dispensing gun with a thrust ratio of 26:1 is required (F100-TKAP). Material tube must be used in conjunction with provided disposable static mixer in order to ensure proper mixing.

Usage: Unscrew retaining ring and remove plug. Save plug in case entire tube is not used. Install static mixing element, replace retaining screw ring, and install tube in gun. Point assembly up and slowly pull the trigger to de-air the mixer.

Dispense approximately 1 fluid ounce (X mL) of material to waste and continue to pump until material is of uniform color with the Part A completely blended with the Part B. Use a putty knife, brush or spatula to ensure adequate coverage and repair.

For complete instructions on application, please refer to the Series 431 Surface Preparation & Application Guide.

THINNING DO NOT THIN
APPLICATION EQUIPMENT PLURAL COMPONENT AIRLESS EQUIPMENT. The preferred application method for Series 431 Perma-Shield PL is using plural component equipment. Plural component equipment reduces material waste, solvent consumption and reduces material viscosity. Contact Tnemec Technical Service for complete Series 431 Plural Component Recommendations.

Airless:

Pump Size Rotary Gun † Mat'l Hose ID Manifold Filter
45:1 or 56:1 Model 712-216 3/8" (9.5mm) 30 Mesh
† Rotary Spray Gun: Series 431 shall be applied to the interior surfaces of pipe or fittings using a rotary coater pistol spray gun. Spray-Quip (Houston, TX), Model 712-216, or similar rotary lance, to produce a monolithic and level film.

Contact Tnemec Technical Services for additional information.

Note: Pump assembly should include a moisture trap and oiler, air regulator with gauge and fluid outlet drain valve and outfitted with a gravity fed material hopper (material will not feed through a suction tube).

Brush: Recommended for bell sockets, spigot ends, and small repairs.

SURFACE TEMPERATURE Minimum of 50°F (10°C) Maximum of 130°F (54°C).

The surface temperature should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. The coating will not cure properly below minimum surface temperature.

HOLIDAY TESTING High Voltage Discontinuity (spark) testing shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 5162, 100 to 125 V/mil voltage setting.

CLEANUP Flush and clean all equipment immediately after use with Tnemec's No. 4 Thinner or MEK.

PRODUCT DATA SHEET
PERMA-SHIELD ® PL | SERIES 431
WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLER'S LIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc. THE

WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. The buyer's sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in the event a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and the exclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHER REMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT

LIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS) SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER. Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating and proper coating application procedures. Test performance results were obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accurately represent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, due care should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating.

Tnemec Company Incorporated 6800 Corporate Drive Kansas City, Missouri 64120-1372 1-800-TNEMEC1 Fax: 1-816-483-3969 www.tnemec.com PDS431 Page 2 of 2

8.a
Packet Pg. 838 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 839 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 840 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 841 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 842 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 843 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 844 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 845 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 846 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 847 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 848 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 849 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) R.W. Beckett Corporation
Mail: PO Box 1289 - Elyria, OH 44036 - Ship: 38251 Center Ridge Rd. - N. Ridgeville, OH 44039 800.645.2876 • Fax: 800.800.9802 • www.Beckettcorp.com/OilTankAccessories Visit us on-line at:
www.Beckettcorp.com/OilTankAccessories
14 VENT CAPS
• Available in threaded and slip-on designs
• Slip-On design solves clearance problems
• Rust-resistant zinc plated steel and cast iron, as-well-as rust-proof aluminum and zinc castings • Available in sizes from 1” to 4”
• Each cap includes a screen, to prevent debris from entering the vent pipe • 1-1/4” Minimum vent to meet NFPA 31 Requirements
Mushroom Vent Caps
• This popular style is used in the majority of
installations in the United States, Alaska, and Canada
• Available in female NPT sizes from 1” to 4”
• Each cap is designed with a 30 mesh screen,
to prevent debris from entering the vent pipe
Zinc Slip-On Cap
• Beckett’s most economical design
• Zinc alloy won’t rust
• Slip-on design
• Only requires ~1/16” pipe-to-wall clearance
• Supplied with set screw and wire screen
• Available in sizes from 3/4” to 1-1/2”
Aluminum Slip-On Cap
• Ideal for “close-to-wall” Installations.
• Requires only ~1/8” pipe-to wall clearance
• Rust proof cast aluminum design includes an
integral screen
• Cap is secured to pipe using a single set screw
Slip-On Vent Caps
• Zinc plated steel with screen
• Lightweight and economical
M ush r o o m Vent Caps
Part No. Female NPT
14022
14023
1”
14024
1-1/4”
14025
1-1/2”
14027
2”
14028
3”
4”
Slip-On Vent Caps
Part No. Pipe Size
14036 1”
14037 1-1/4”
14038 1-1/2”
14039 2”
Aluminum Slip-On Vent Caps
Part No. Pipe Size
14009 2”
Part No.
14025
Part No.
14039
Part No.
14009
Part No.
14006
Zinc Slip-On Vent Caps
Part No. Pipe Size
14006 3/4”-1”

8.a
Packet Pg. 850 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) JRCAT14.01
® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR® PIPE PRODUCTS
HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000 www.starpipeproducts.com

Joint Restraint Products
No Special Tools
Required for Installation
StarFlange™ Series 3200 is a restrained adapter flange coupling device designed to connect plain end ductile iron pipe to a flanged pipe, valve or fitting. A ductile iron flange body provides the flange connection and includes an O-ring gasket that seals with the mating flange. The Stargrip® Series 3000 provides restraint for the plain end ductile iron pipe.

INFORMATION
• Provides flexibility to accommodate pipe misalignment • No special tools required for installation
• Fully restrained to pressure rating of pipe with a 2:1 safety factor • Pipe end does not need to be square cut.
• StarFlange™ body and Stargrip® are manufactured from high strength Ductile Iron per ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. • Flange meets ANSI Class 125/150 and ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15 drill pattern. • MJ gasket and O-ring flange gasket are made from styrene butadiene rubber (SBR) per ANSI/AWWA C111/A-21.11. • T-bolts / nuts are produced from high strength low alloy steel per ANSI/AWWA C111/A-21.11 • Restraint wedges are heat-treated to minimum 370 BHN. • Includes Stargrip®, Flange Adapter, MJ Gasket, O-Ring gasket and low alloy steel T-bolts • StarFlange™ size 3"-12" are listed with Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and approved by Factory Mutual Research (FM). • Standard gland color is Coral Red (RAL 3016).
• May also be used on steel pipe* up to 12" (*transition gasket required on 12" and under). For 14" and larger steel applications, contact Star Pipe.

FEATURES & ADVANTAGES

SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
Restrained adapter flange is to be used to connect plain end ductile iron pipe to a flanged pipe, valve or fitting. The device shall be manufactured of high strength ductile iron in accordance to ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 for all sizes. The restrainer portion of the device shall be of wedge type design with torque limiting bolts to insure proper engagement of the wedges.

Applicable dimensions shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.15, C110/A21.10 and C153/A21.53. Flange ends to meet ANSI Class 125/150 & ANSI/ AWWA C115/A21.15 drill pattern.

The restrained adapter flange shall have a maximum working pressure of 350 PSI for sizes 3"-16" and 250 PSI for sizes 18"–36". All sizes shall have a minimum safety factor of 2:1 (i.e. twice the maximum rating of the StarFlange™ Series 3200). Restrained flange adapter shall be Star® Pipe Products StarFlange™ Series 3200 or an approved equal.

StarFlange™ Series 3200 for Ductile Iron Pipe
Restrained Adapter Flange Coupling
for Ductile Iron Pipe
StarFlange™ series 3200

8.a
Packet Pg. 851 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) ® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR® PIPE PRODUCTS
HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000 www.starpipeproducts.com

Joint Restraint Products
JRCAT14.01
E
NOM.

SIZE
MAX

PRESSURE

RATING (PSI)

A A W/NUTS
TWISTED OFF B C D E 1
MAX. JOINT
DEFLECTION°
APPROX
WT.
(LBS)
3 350 9.85 8.45 7.50 4.06 3.88 2.13 5° 17
4 350 11.06 9.28 9.00 4.90 4.35 2.13 5° 23
6 350 13.06 11.38 11.00 7.00 5.25 2.50 5° 35
8 350 15.25 13.53 13.50 9.15 5.25 2.50 5° 47
10 350 17.25 15.58 16.00 11.20 5.62 2.50 3° 64
12 350 19.50 12.68 19.00 13.30 5.69 2.50 3° 87
14 350 21.25 19.82 21.00 15.44 6.67 3.00 2° 128
16 350 23.34 21.92 23.50 17.54 6.79 3.00 2° 152
18 250 26.40 24.84 25.00 19.64 7.40 3.00 1.5° 182
20 250 28.56 27.00 27.50 21.74 7.41 3.00 1.5° 204
24 250 33.86 32.30 32.00 25.94 7.90 3.00 1° 300
30 250 40.12 38.56 38.75 32.17 8.50 3.00 1° 520
36 250 46.42 44.86 46.00 38.47 9.00 3.00 1° 688
STARFLANGE™ 3200 SPECIFICATIONS*

TECHNICAL INFORMATION
*All dimensions in inches except where indicated.
1 - Deflection attained at minimum pipe insertion.

Adapter available separately.

Restrained Adapter Flange Coupling
for Ductile Iron Pipe
StarFlange™ series 3200

8.a
Packet Pg. 852 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) ® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR® PIPE PRODUCTS
HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000 www.starpipeproducts.com

JRCAT14.01
Joint Restraint Products
Check the StarFlange™ ensuring that no damage
has occurred or parts are missing. Make sure
that the O-ring gasket on the ����face of the
StarFlange™ is securely in place.

The pipe end must be thoroughly cleaned for
a distance of 2" greater than the length of the
StarFlange™ body. (see dimension "D")
Slide the Stargrip® Gland on the plain end of the
pipe making sure that the lip extension is towards
the mechanical joint bell of the StarFlange™. Do
not remove rubber washers prior to installation.

Washers have been provided for proper wedge
placement during shipment and installation.

Brush both the gasket and the plain end of the
pipe with soapy water or approved pipe lubricant,
which meets ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. Slide
the MJ gasket over the pipe with the beveled
edge towards the MJ bell of StarFlange™.

Slide the StarFlange™ on to the pipe with the
MJ bell towards the Stargrip® Gland. Pipe must
be inserted into the StarFlange™ a minimum of

2.125" on 3"-4", 2.500" on 6"-12" and 3.000" on
14"-36" to attain maximum deflection per table.

Position the pipe and ����end of StarFlange™
against the mating ����making sure that the
����bolt holes line-up. Assemble the ����
joint using ����bolts. Note: Flange bolts not
supplied with StarFlange™.

Center the pipe so that the space between the OD
of the pipe and the ID of the StarFlange™ is even
all around the pipe. Slide the MJ Gasket into the
MJ bell recess of the StarFlange™.

Slide the Stargrip® towards the StarFlange™ with
the Gland lip against the gasket. Insert T-bolts
and hand-tighten nuts.

Tighten the T-bolts to normal range of bolt
torque (see table below). It is necessary that
the gland be brought up toward the bell ����
evenly, maintaining approximately the same
distance between the gland and the face of the
����at all points around the socket. T-bolts
should be tightened alternately on opposite sides
(Star Pattern) (See Table A).

Hand tighten the torque limiting twist off nuts in
a clockwise direction until all wedges are in ���
contact with the pipe surface.

Continue tightening in an alternative manner
going on the opposite sides [Star Pattern], until
all of the nuts have been twisted off. Never turn
a single nut over 180 degrees without alternating
to another nut. If removal is necessary, utilize
the 5/8" hex head provided. [If reassembly is
required, assemble the joint in the same manner
as above and tighten the wedge bolts to 90 ft-lbs
on sizes 3"-20" and 120 ft-lbs on sizes 24"-36".
• Not to be used on plain end fittings or PVC or HDPE pipe. • If effective sealing is not attained at the maximum torque indicated, then the joint should be disassembled, thoroughly cleaned, and reassembled.

Overstressing the bolts to compensate for poor installation practice is not acceptable. • May also be used on steel pipe* up to 12" (*transition gasket required on 12" and under). For 14" and larger steel applications, contact Star Pipe. • Stargrips® must be adequately wrapped or protected if they are covered by concrete to ensure that concrete does not enter the wedge pocket. • For applications exceeding the maximum pressure ratings listed, please contact Star Pipe Products for recommendations. • For applications with vertical offsets please contact Star Pipe Products for technical assistance. • For applications on existing pipe, the surface of the pipe needs to be sufficient for proper wedge engagement. Please contact Star Pipe Products for technical assistance.
(TABLE A) T-HEAD BOLT & NUT DETAILS

PIPE SIZE
(IN)

BOLT SIZE
(IN)
RANGE1
OF

TORQUE (FT-LBS)
3 5/8 45-60
4-24 3/4 75-90
30-36 1 100-120
1 These torque ranges are requirements of AWWA C600
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - SIZES 3"- 36"
STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3
STEP 4 STEP 5 STEP 6
Notes:

Restrained Adapter Flange Coupling
for Ductile Iron Pipe
StarFlange™ series 3200

8.a
Packet Pg. 853 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) ® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR
® PIPE PRODUCTS
HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000 www.starpipeproducts.com

NOTES: 8.a
Packet Pg. 854 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) •
• Sizes 3"-12" are Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Listed at 200 PSI for 3"-8" sizes and 175 PSI for 10"-12" sizes.

For use on PC350 ductile iron and SCH40 steel pipe.
• Bolt hole drilling is to ANSI B16.1 class 125.
• Uses standard mechanical joint gasket for seal on DI Pipe and Transition Gasket on steel pipe. • Pipe fabrication can be done on site, using plain end pipe. • Flange Adapters are ideal for jobs involving retro-fitting. • Can be used on Ductile Iron (3"-12") and Steel (3"-12") Pipe -- steel pipe sizes require a transition gasket. • Can be used in above or below ground applications
• If future maintenance is required, Flange Adapters can be easily disassembled.

FEATURES & ADVANTAGES
Flange Adapter Series 200 for
Steel and Ductile Iron Pipe
MEMBER

SUBMITTAL INFORMATION
PROJECT NAME:

ENGINEER:

CONTRACTOR:

SPEC. SECTION:
• Gland: Ductile Iron per ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12
• Retainer set screws are made from medium carbon alloy steel through hardened, quenched and tempered to hardness of rockwell C43-53.

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS:

GASKET OPTIONS (Please check one):

Standard: SBR Gasket
Optional: Transition Gasket (for Steel Pipe)
REV.11-1
® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR® PIPE PRODUCTS
HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000 www.starpipeproducts.com

Joint Restraint Submittal Form
For Steel (3"-12") and Ductile Iron (3"-12") Pipe - Flange Drilling ANSI B16.1 125 lbs Working Pressure: 3"-8" 200 PSI, 10"-12" 175 PSI
Flange Adapters series 200

8.a
Packet Pg. 855 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) ✔
® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR® PIPE PRODUCTS
HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000 www.starpipeproducts.com

Joint Restraint Product Submittal Form
REV.11-1

TECHNICAL INFORMATION
NOM.

SIZE

DUCTILE
PIPE
O.D.

STEEL PIPE+
O.D.

APPROX
WT.
(LBS)

A B BC BOLT HOLE
DIA.

SET SCREWS

QTY SIZE
3 3.96 3.50 5.84 7.50 2.00 6.00 3/4 4 1/2 x 1 1/4
4 4.80 4.50 8.12 9.00 2.07 7.50 3/4 4 1/2 x 1 1/4
6 6.90 6.63 11.05 11.00 2.19 9.50 7/8 8 1/2 x 1 1/4
8 9.05 8.63 17.13 13.50 2.31 11.75 7/8 8 5/8 x 1 1/2
10 11.10 10.75 25.15 16.00 2.50 14.25 1 12 5/8 x 1 1/2 12 13.20 12.75 34.38 19.00 2.50 17.00 1 12 5/8 x 1 1/2 FLANGE ADAPTER 200 SPECIFICATIONS*
*All dimensions in inches except where indicated.
+ Transition gasket required on steel pipe.

Notes:

Please
check sizes:

For Steel (3"-12") and Ductile Iron (3"-36") Pipe - Flange Drilling ANSI B16.1 125 lbs Flange Adapters series 200

8.a
Packet Pg. 856 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) REV.11-1
® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR® PIPE PRODUCTS
HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000 www.starpipeproducts.com

Joint Restraint Submittal Form
• Each StarFlex™ is coated inside and outside with 15 mils of Fusion Bonded Epoxy that is NSF compliant. • Each ball on the StarFlex™ can deflect a minimum of 20 degrees for 3"-10", 18 degrees for 12", 15 degrees for 14"-24", 14 degrees for 30", 13.5 degrees for 36" and 13 degrees for 42"-48". • Every unit is pressurized and cycled while maintaining 350 PSI on sizes 3" - 24", 250 PSI on sizes 30" and above. • Each unit is shipped in a cradle at its preset position, but can be adjusted to the desired dimension in the field. • All sizes have external EPDM rubber boots to prevent debris from entering the sealing areas. • Pressure seals are EPDM. Maximum operating temperature is 175° F. • The StarFlex™ may be used on ductile iron, steel, HDPE or PVC pipe. • Flanged outlets are dimensioned according to ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.11 which is also equal to ASME B16.1 Class 125 & ASME B16.5 Class 150 without a raised face.
• NSF61 Approved Fusion Bonded Epoxy coating is used in wetted areas.

FEATURES & ADVANTAGES
Double-Ball Flexible Expansion Joint
for the Protection of Water Wastewater, and Industrial Pipelines StarFlex®series 5000
StarFlex® Series 5000 for DI, Steel or PVC
Note: Starflex™ series 5000 and 5100 flexible expansion joints are designed to expand when internally pressurized. End thrust generated from expansion of the Starflex™ under internal pressure must be accommodated in the piping system design. • All cast components are made entirely of Ductile Iron per ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 • All fasteners are Type 304 Stainless Steel.

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS:

MEMBER

SUBMITTAL INFORMATION
PROJECT NAME:

ENGINEER:

CONTRACTOR:

SPEC. SECTION:

Flange Outlets
dimensioned according
to ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.11
Exterior EPDM rubber boot
to prevent debris from
entering sealing area
Stop Collar
Fully Restrained
A specially
designed EPDM
gasket with three
O-Ring Seals
Up to 20˚ maximum
Delection for
each Ball Joint
depending on size. Push-on style EPDM
gasket for extension
Type 304
stainless steel
hardware
15 mils of coating
on all exterior and
interior surfaces

8.a
Packet Pg. 857 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) ® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR® PIPE PRODUCTS
HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000 www.starpipeproducts.com

REV.11-1
Joint Restraint Products
Double-Ball Flexible Expansion Joint
for the Protection of Water, Wastewater, and Industrial Pipelines StarFlex®series 5000
STARFLEX® 5000 SPECIFICATIONS*
NOM. SIZE
F A
(OD) B
EXPANSION1
CD

E (OFF SET)
APPROX WT.

Min Max (LBS)
3 20° 9.69 5.31 2 /-2 29.52 18.90 5.78 7.15 109
20° 9.69 5.31 4 /-4 39.37 28.75 8.46 11.20 132
4 20° 10.87 5.91 2 /-2 32.28 20.46 6.31 7.68 141
20° 10.87 5.91 4 /-4 42.13 30.31 9.00 11.73 173
20° 10.87 5.91 6 /-6 51.97 40.15 11.68 15.78 196
20° 10.87 5.91 8 /-8 61.82 50.00 14.36 19.84 219
6 20° 13.11 5.91 2 /-2 33.46 21.64 6.72 8.09 202
20° 13.11 5.91 4 /-4 43.70 31.88 9.54 12.27 256
20° 13.11 5.91 6 /-6 53.54 41.72 12.22 16.32 290
20° 13.11 5.91 8 /-8 63.39 51.57 14.90 20.37 323
20° 13.11 5.91 12 /-12 83.07 71.25 20.26 28.47 402
8 20° 15.31 6.3 2 /-2 35.83 23.23 7.26 8.63 273
20° 15.31 6.3 4 /-4 45.67 33.07 9.94 12.68 342
20° 15.31 6.3 6 /-6 55.51 42.91 12.62 16.73 386
20° 15.31 6.3 8 /-8 65.36 52.76 15.31 20.78 430
20° 15.31 6.3 12 /-12 85.04 72.44 20.67 28.88 518
10 20° 17.32 6.69 2 /-2 37.79 24.41 7.66 9.03 331
20° 17.32 6.69 4 /-4 47.24 33.86 10.21 12.95 428
20° 17.32 6.69 6 /-6 57.09 43.71 12.90 17.00 483
20° 17.32 6.69 8 /-8 66.93 53.55 15.58 21.05 536
20° 17.32 6.69 12 /-12 86.61 73.23 20.94 29.15 659
12 18° 19.76 7.87 2 /-2 41.34 25.60 7.29 8.53 463
18° 19.76 7.87 4 /-4 52.36 36.62 10.08 12.55 575
18° 19.76 7.87 6 /-6 62.20 46.46 12.50 16.21 639
18° 19.76 7.87 8 /-8 72.05 56.31 14.93 19.87 703
18° 19.76 7.87 12 /-12 91.73 75.99 19.77 27.19 849
14 15° 22.56 9.06 4 /-4 55.51 37.39 8.64 10.71 839
15° 22.56 9.06 6 /-6 65.75 47.63 10.77 13.88 998
15° 22.56 9.06 8 /-8 75.59 57.47 12.80 16.94 1095
15° 22.56 9.06 12 /-12 108.27 90.15 20.23 26.44 1288
16 15° 24.69 9.45 4 /-4 57.09 38.19 8.85 10.92 969
15° 24.69 9.45 6 /-6 66.93 48.03 10.88 13.98 1148
15° 24.69 9.45 8 /-8 79.92 61.02 13.72 17.86 1258
15° 24.69 9.45 12 /-12 99.61 80.71 17.78 24.00 1507
18 15° 26.81 10.24 4 /-4 59.45 38.97 9.05 11.12 1080
15° 26.81 10.24 6 /-6 69.69 49.21 11.18 14.29 1305
15° 26.81 10.24 8 /-8 81.50 61.02 13.72 17.86 1430
15° 26.81 10.24 12 /-12 110.63 90.15 20.23 26.44 1761
20 15° 28.94 11.02 4 /-4 61.81 39.77 9.26 11.33 1251
15° 28.94 11.02 6 /-6 72.05 50.01 11.39 14.50 1538
15° 28.94 11.02 8 /-8 83.07 61.03 13.73 17.87 1686
15° 28.94 11.02 12 /-12 112.20 90.16 20.23 26.44 1980
24 15° 33.15 11.42 4 /-4 63.78 40.94 9.56 11.63 1672
15° 33.15 11.42 6 /-6 74.02 51.18 11.69 14.80 2029
15° 33.15 11.42 8 /-8 88.19 65.35 14.84 18.98 2216
15° 33.15 11.42 12 /-12 119.69 96.85 21.96 28.17 2606
30 14° 44.49 15.16 6 /-6 90.75 60.43 13.17 16.07 4291
14° 44.49 15.16 12 /-12 120.28 89.96 18.86 24.67 5060
36 13.5° 50.51 16.54 6 /-6 95.87 62.79 13.26 16.06 5437

13.5° 50.51 16.54 12 /-12 137.40 104.32 21.55 27.15 6633 48 13° 64.49 19.02 6 /-6 107.72 69.68 14.32 17.02 9049 13° 64.49 19.02 12 /-12 142.36 104.32 20.77 26.17 10536 Please
check sizes:
*All dimensions in inches except where indicated.
*Dimensions "C" & "D" are factory set position.
1 For units of expansion that are not listed, please
contact your Star® Pipe representative.

C
B D B
A
E
F

DEFLECTION
F

DEFLECTION
D
C
B D B
A
E
F

DEFLECTION
F

DEFLECTION
D

8.a
Packet Pg. 858 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

6.03 PUMPS
This section provides the information pertaining to the pumps for this project.

This section is structured as follows:

6.03.1 PUMP SPECIFICATIONS

6.03.2 PUMP DRAWING(S)

6.03.3 PUMP PERFORMANCE CURVES

6.03.4 PUMP EXTENDED STORAGE

6.03.5 PUMP DATA SHEETS

CORD GRIPS

PUMP MOTOR

8.a
The Solids Handling Specialists

CHOPPER PUMPS

P R O D U C T C A T A L O G

8.a
Packet Pg. 860 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) With almost 25,000 units in service, the Vaughan® Chopper Pump has not only proven its value in problem solving, but also established itself as the reliable alternative to conventional pumping. Over the years, product reliability has also allowed Vaughan to GUARANTEE the performance of all chopper pumps.

This guarantee is your assurance of clog-free solids-handling performance, not just another materials-and-workmanship warranty.

Vaughan celebrates its 50th year and beyond by introducing larger sizes, new configurations, and advances in efficiency, maintainability and performance with the “E” series flushless seal design.

We invite you to study the features in this catalog and compare.

Then, we believe you will agree that the Vaughan Chopper Pump is “A Cut Above the Rest”.

For over 50 years, Vaughan has been
the market leader in manufacturing
chopper pumps, solving today’s
toughest solids-pumping problems.

This family driven tradition all started
with Jim Vaughan’s dream of a better,
more reliable means of pumping
manure.

Today’s third and fourth generation
of the Vaughan family continue the
tradition of quality, dependability and
service.

Performance Guaranteed
Over 50 Years of Tradition
The late founder, Jim Vaughan (standing), and his son Larry (sitting), working together in the early days.

Reliability
2 8.a
Packet Pg. 861 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Chopper Pumps
Wet Well
Submersible
Vertical Wet Well Recirculating
Self-Priming
Electric Submersible
l Vaughan’s most popular sump pump.
l Reliable mechanical seal/oil bath design.
l Eliminates suction piping.
l Keeps motor and wiring out of the pit.
l Allows Wet Well and
Submersible Pumps to be
used for mixing and
pumpout.
l Ideal for mixing of floating or
settled solids.
l Popular for sewage lift stations.
l Retrofits to most guide rail systems.
l Ideal for deep sumps.
l Available with rail system or portable.
l Direct or belt drive.
l Adjustable back pull-out
design.
l Elliminates submerged
seals and bearings.
l Best for severe abrasive
service.

Dry Well Pedestal
Horizontal
l Various sealing systems available.
l Direct or belt drive.
l Adjustable back pull-out design.
l Used primarily in dry well applications
where floor space is limited.
l Various sealing systems available.
l Adjustable back pull-out design.
l Traditional sub-design
l Upgraded lower seal is
standard
Self-Priming
l Portable pump for
tank cleaning
l Lighter weight than other
submersibles.
l Ideal for mobile
equipment.

Hydraulic Submersible Cantilever
3 8.a
Packet Pg. 862 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) The cutter nut (patented)
cuts stringy materials
that tend to wrap at the
pump inlet.

Solids are chopped by the cupped and sharpened impeller blades turning across the cutter bar, creating a smooth “slicing” effect. The conditioned slurry is easily pumped through the pump and piping system without plugging.

Stray solids trapped in the
mechanical seal area are
shredded and removed by the
impeller vanes turning against
the upper cutter, providing
reliable service over the long
term.

Vaughan’s unique cartridge style
mechanical seal handles the
toughest slurries, outperforming
standard single-spring seals by
reducing problems associated with
wrapping or abrasion.

Auxillary cutters above and below the
impeller create a more efficient cutting
system which binds less on high-fiber slurry,
reducing motor overloads and nuisance
tripping. These extra, hardened steel, patented
cutters are one of the critical differences
between Vaughan and the competition.

Vaughan Chopper Pumps are not to be confused with other types or brands of chopper pumps, cutter pumps, grinder pumps or comminutors. Some of the unique patented features specific to Vaughan Chopper Pumps which make the product so dependable are:

Vaughan Chopper Pumps incorporate increases in efficiency, with improved reliability handling tough stringy solids. Some models also include a new back-pullout casing design, allowing external adjustment of clearances and ease of maintenance.

The Concept - 50 Years in The Making

8.a
Packet Pg. 863 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Electric Submersible
“E” Series

EXPLOSION PROOF MOTOR
UL Listed Explosion Proof or non-Explosion
Proof, with moisture sensor and tandem
mechanical seals. Also available in
Continous In-Air or Close-Loop Cooled

TANDEM MECHANICAL SEALS
Includes lower silicon carbide mechanical
seal for maximum motor protection

PUMP OUT VANES AND UPPER CUTTER
Keeps pumpage away from the seal

DUCTILE IRON BACK PULL-OUT CASING
Provides adjustable impeller-to-cutter bar
clearance extending parts life

CAST ALLOY STEEL IMPELLER, CUTTER

BAR, UPPER CUTTER AND CUTTER NUT
Case hardened to minimum 60 Rockwell C
hardness for wear and impact resistance
l Traditional submersible design
l Upgraded lower seal is standard
l Hydraulic version also available
11 8.a
Packet Pg. 864 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) VAUGHAN® Chopper Pumps
Wet Wells, Dry Wells, Submersibles, Self-Primers, Recirculators TRITON® Screw Centrifugal Pumps
Wet Wells, Dry Wells, Submersibles
ROTAMIX® Process Mixing System
Tank and Digester Mixing
Also Available
Floating Pumps, Lagoon Pumpers, Mixers, Auger Choppers, Vortex Choppers, Produce Disposal Choppers.

Authorized Representatives Worldwide
Vaughan Co., Inc.
364 Monte Elma Road
Montesano, WA USA 98563
PHONE: 1-360-249-4042, FAX: 1-360-249-6155
TOLL FREE INFO (U.S. only): 1-888-249-CHOP (2467)
INTERNET: www.chopperpumps.com
U.S. E-MAIL: [email protected], INTL E-MAIL: [email protected] U.S. PATENTS: No. 5,460,483; No. 5,460,482; No. 5,456,580; No. 5,256,032; No. 5,076,757; No. 7,125,221 B2; No. 7,025,492 B2 FOREIGN PATENTS: No. 94/7561; No. 1,274,886; No. 910.127; No. 698,327; No. 1,040,006; No. 178,507; No. 539,722; No. 1,531,025; No. 1,193,483; No. 1,193,484; No. 1,193,485; No. 1,193,486; No. 498,063; No. P26 18 559; No. 512,380; No. 1,172,906; No. 963,918; No. 1,290,981; No. 687476; No. 276224; No. 75,941; No. 3480.

OTHER U.S. AND FOREIGN PATENTS PENDING.

Vaughan, Triton, Rotamix and Scumbuster are registered trademarks of Vaughan Co, Inc. © Vaughan Co., Inc., 2007.

FORM V250, REV. 2 (2010)

AUTHORIZED FACTORY REPRESENTATIVE

8.a
Packet Pg. 865 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 866
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern

8.a
Packet Pg. 867
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern

8.a
Packet Pg. 868
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern 0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
110
120
130
140
150
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
0 5
10 15
20 25
30 35
40 45
70%
70%
68%
68%
65%
65%
60%
55%
50%
45%
60%
55%
45% 50%
40%
I
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
CAPACITY (U.S. GALLONS PER MINUTE)

TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD (FEET)

TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD (METERS)

CAPACITY (CUBIC METERS PER HOUR)
Vaughan E Series
Chopper Pump

PERFORMANCE CURVE
Models:

SE6W
Back-Pull-Out Casing
4-Blade Impeller
6” Discharge

CURVE POWER SPEED IMPELLER
(HP) (RPM) DIAMETER
A 100* 1770 11.80” (300 mm)
B 75 1770 11.50” (292 mm)
C 75 1770 11.30” (287 mm)
D 60 1770 10.90” (277 mm)
E 50 1770 10.50” (267 mm)
F 40 1740 10.00” (254 mm)
G 30 1755 9.40” (239 mm)
H 30 1755 9.20” (234 mm)
I 25 1755 8.80” (224 mm)
DO NOT OPERATE PUMP IN DOTTED PORTION OF CURVES. CURVES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. EFFICIENCIES SHOWN ARE NOMINAL BOWL. GUARANTIED MINIMUM EFFICIENCIES PER H.I. LEVEL B. CURVES ARE BASED ON SUBMERSIBLE MOTOR SPEEDS. * EXCEEDS 75 HP BEYOND 2500 GPM.

Form V370-S6W-1750 06/09

8.a
Packet Pg. 869 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

6.03.4 PUMP EXTENDED STORAGE
Recommendations:

1. Store pumps upright in a dry location free of extreme temperatures and direct sunlight.

2. To insure that all rotating parts (seals, bearings, and impellers) are free for final installation and start-up the pump impeller should be rotated by hand every month.

3. Use silicone spray or rust inhibiting oil and spray into the lower casing completely coating the impeller and inner lower case. In addition, fully coat the discharge flange face.

4. Protect pump cables from damage and moisture. Cables should be placed so that there is no tension on the cable entry point into the pump. The free end of the cable should be protected from moisture at all times during storage and handling.

5. Never store pumps in the wet well.

6. Never lift the pump by the power cable.

7. Consult pump manufacture for further recommendations for pumps stored longer than one year.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 870 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

6.03.5 PUMP DATA SHEETS

PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

8.a
Packet Pg. 871 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) V-28 Wiring Device-Kellems www.hubbell-wiring.com ®
Single Eye, Closed Mesh
For permanent support when cable end is available to be installed through grip.

Cable Diameter Range
Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) E
Inches (cm)
M
Inches (cm)
Tin-Coated
Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel Bronze Stainless Steel .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 530 (2,357) 1,370 (6,094) 7" (17.78) 10" (25.40) 02201013 02401013 .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) 790 (3,514) 2,060 (9,163) 8" (20.32) 10" (25.40) 02201014 02401014 .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 1,020 (4,537) 2,060 (9,163) 8" (20.32) 13" (33.02) 02201015 02401015

1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 1,610 (7,161) 2,678 (11,912) 9" (22.86) 14" (35.56) 02201017 02401017

1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 1,610 (7,161) 4,490 (19,972) 10" (25.40) 15" (38.10) 02201018 02401018

1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 1,610 (7,161) 4,492 (19,981) 12" (30.48) 17" (43.18) 02201019 02401019

1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 2,150 (9,563) 5,000 (22,241) 14" (35.56) 19" (48.26) 02201020 02401020

2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 3,260 (14,500) 8,940 (39,767) 16" (40.64) 21" (53.34) 02201021 02401021

2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 3,260 (14,500) 8,947 (39,798) 18" (45.72) 23" (58.42) 02201022 02401022

3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 4,900 (21,795) 13,420 (59,695) 21" (53.34) 25" (63.50) 02201023 02401023

3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 4,900 (21,795) — 24" (60.96) 27" (68.58) 02201024 — Single Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing
For permanent support when cable end is not available.

Cable Diameter Range
Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) E
Inches (cm)
M
Inches (cm)
Tin-Coated
Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel Bronze Stainless Steel .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 530 (2,357) 1,370 (6,094) 7" (17.78) 10" (25.40) 02202013 02402013 .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) 790 (3,514) 2,066 (9,190) 8" (20.32) 10" (25.40) 02202014 02402014 .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 1,020 (4,537) 2,060 (9,163) 8" (20.32) 13" (33.02) 02202015 02402015

1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 1,610 (7,161) 2,670 (11,876) 9" (22.86) 14" (35.56) 02202017 02402017

1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 1,610 (7,161) 4,490 (19,972) 10" (25.40) 15" (38.10) 02202018 02402018

1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 1,610 (7,161) 4,490 (19,972) 12" (30.48) 17" (43.18) 02202019 02402019

1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 2,150 (9,563) 4,375 (19,461) 14" (35.56) 19" (48.26) 02202020 02402020

2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 3,260 (14,500) 8,947 (39,798) 16" (40.64) 21" (53.34) 02202021 02402021

2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 3,260 (14,500) 8,940 (39,767) 18" (45.72) 23" (58.42) 02202022 02402022

3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 4,900 (21,795) 13,420 (59,695) 21" (53.34) 25" (63.50) 02202023 02402023

3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 4,900 (21,795) 13,420 (59,695) 24" (60.96) 27" (68.58) 02202024 02402024 Single Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing
For support when cable end is not available.

Cable Diameter Range
Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) E
Inches (cm)
M
Inches (cm)
Tin-Coated
Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel Bronze Stainless Steel .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 790 (3,514) 1,050 (4,670) 7" (17.78) 8.5" (21.59) 02203013 02403013 .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) 790 (3,514) 2,050 (9,119) 8" (20.32) 8.5" (21.59) 02203014 02403014 .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 1,020 (4,537) 2,050 (9,119) 8" (20.32) 10.5" (26.67) 02203015 02403015

1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 1,610 (7,161) 2,650 (11,788) 9" (22.86) 12.5" (31.75) 02203017 02403017

1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 1,610 (7,161) 4,500 (20,017) 10" (25.40) 14.5" (36.83) 02203018 02403018

1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 1,610 (7,161) 4,500 (20,017) 12" (30.48) 15.5" (39.37) 02203019 02403019

1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 2,150 (9,563) 6,000 (26,689) 14" (35.56) 16.5" (41.91) 02203020 02403020

2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 3,260 (14,500) 8,950 (39,812) 16" (40.64) 19.5" (49.53) 02203021 02403021

2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 3,260 (14,500) 7,750 (34,474) 18" (45.72) 21.5" (54.61) 02203022 02403022

3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 5,750 (25,576) 8,500 (37,810) 21" (53.34) 23.5" (59.69) 02203023 02403023

3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 5,750 (25,576) — 24" (60.96) 25.5" (64.77) 02203024 — Note: E-Eye length. M-Mesh length at nominal diameter.

Kellems® Wire Management Products
Standard Duty Support Grips
Single Eye, Single Weave, Tin-Coated Bronze and Stainless Steel E
M
E
M
E
M

IMPORTANT
Read all breaking strength,
safety and technical data
relating to this product.

Pages V-41 to V-45.

8.a
Packet Pg. 872 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Submersible Motors Application in Water and Sewage
1 Submersible Motors
Application in Water
and Sewage U/L listed,
Class 1, Groups C & D
SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUBMERSIBLE MOTORS:
1-450 HP 1-150 HP
Submersible Wet Pit Submersible Dry Pit
15 min in air Continuous in air

1.0 SCOPE
This specification details the mechanical and
electrical requirements for squirrel-cage induction
motors, both single and three phase, designed for
wet well and dry well submersible applications in
water and sewage.

It is the intent of this specification to define
submersible premium quality motors which will
provide efficient operation with high mechanical
integrity under adverse operating conditions for
maximum life and minimum life cycle costs. This
specification covers sewage wet well and dry well
applications defined by the National Electric Code
as Class 1: Division 1, hazardous locations section
501-8 (a) requiring explosion proof construction.

2.0 GENERAL

2.1 All motors covered by this specification
shall conform to the latest applicable
requirements of NEMA, IEEE, ANSI, and
NEC standards.

2.2 Motors shall be designed for continuous
submerged duty in water and sewage, and
minimum 15 minute duty continuous in air
under full load operating conditions. Motors
used in dry well operation shall be designed
for continuous in air under full load operating
conditions.

2.3 Three (3) phase shall be rated 200/400,
230/460 or 575 volt. Single voltage motors
will also be available. Single phase motors
shall be rated 115/230 volts. Multi-voltage
motors shall be final connected for the
highest voltage unless specified by
customer and designed for easy field
reconnection.

2.4 Ratings will be based on 40 C
ambient conditions.

2.5 Motor construction shall be designed to
withstand 100 psi water pressure at all seal
locations. Maximum submerged depth is
160 feet.

2.6 All motors shall be furnished with Class F
rated insulation materials or better.

8.a
Packet Pg. 873 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Submersible Motors Application in Water and Sewage
Submersible Motors Application in Water and Sewage
2 Insulation materials rated lower than Class
F (Class B or A) are specifically prohibited.

2.7 Motors 1 horsepower up to and including
135 horsepower, shall be rated as Class
F, 1.15 service factor, Class 1, Groups C&
D. Motors under 1 HP shall be rated as
Class B, 1.0 service factor, Class 1,
Group D.

2.8 All motors will be CSA (Canadian
Standard Association) and U.L
(Underwriters Laboratories) approved and
nameplated accordingly.

2.9 All motors shall be manufactured in the
United States of America. The ability to
provide any and all replacement parts,
engineering design support, complete
dynamometer testing, and U/L rerate
capability shall be provided domestically.

3.0 MECHANICAL

3.1.0 Bearings and Lubrication

3.1.1 Bearings shall be ball, single row, deep
groove, Conrad type, and shall have a
Class 3 internal fit conforming to AFBMA
Std. 20. Standard bearing size for 440TY
frame is 7222 duplex bearing. Other
arrangements are available depending on
shaft loading. Please contact your local
Baldor representative for assistance.

3.1.2 Bearing shall be selected to provide a
minimum L10 rating life of 17,500 hours.

3.1.3 The motor shall be designed to limit the
bearing temperature rise to a maximum of
60 degree C under full load conditions.

3.1.4 Motors shall be greased by the
manufacturer with a premium moisture
resistant polyurea thickened grease
containing rust inhibitors and suitable for
operation over a temperature range of -25
degree C to + 120 degree C.

3.2.0 Shaft Seal

3.2.1 Two independently-mounted mechanical
face type seals shall be provided. The
inner and outer seals shall be separated
by an oil filled chamber except for slurry
seal design in which both seals are in the oil
filled chamber. The oil chamber shall act as
a barrier to trap moisture and provide
sufficient time for a planned shutdown.

The oil shall also provide lubrication to the
internal seal.

3.2.2 Standard John Crane Type 21, Sealol type
43 or Sealol Type 42, U.L approved seals
shall be provided. Carbon rotating faces and
ceramic stationary faces are standard.

Optional seal constructions are available.

See chart 1. Please note the slurry seal is
completely enclosed in the oil chamber and
is not exposed to the effluent.

3.2.2 a Buna-N O-rings and elastomers are
standard. Viton elastomers are
recommended for ambients of 61 C
and higher.

3.2.3 The outer seal construction shall be
designed for easy replacement.

3.2.4 The outer seal assembly is selected to
prevent the entrance of moisture into the
motor oil chamber. The OEM is responsible
for protecting the outer seal from exposure
to solids and foreign materials (such as
banding, ropes, or strings). It is the
responsibility of the pump OEM to insure the
Seal Description Application
John Crane Type 21
Carbon Ceramic
Faces
Standard seal
offering. A general
purpose seal of
stainless steel
construction with
carbon ceramic
seal faces.

Used wastewater
applications with
relatively clean
effluent.

John Crane Type 21
Tungsten Carbide
Faces
Same type of seal
except with
tungsten carbide
faces. Harder seal
faces.

For more
demanding
applications, more
viscous fluid.

John Crane Type 21
Silicon Carbide
Faces
Same type of seal
except with silicon
carbide faces.

For the most
demanding, slurry
type applications.

Slurry Type Seal Seal completely
contained in the oil
chamber.

For demanding
slurry applications.

This seal is not
exposed to the
effluent and can be
used in continuous
in air.

Hydropad Seal Special seal
design with
hydropad scallops
to run cooler.

Recommended for
continuous in air
applications.

8.a
Packet Pg. 874 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Submersible Motors Application in Water and Sewage
Submersible Motors Application in Water and Sewage
3 outer seal is lubricated by the effluent for
both 15 minute in air and continuous in
air applications.

3.2.5 In compliance with U/L standards for
explosion proof motors, a flamepath shall
be proved by a labyrinth slinger in the
bottom flange in order to prevent the
ignition of ambient gases. Under such
conditions the seal design shall allow for
pressure relief across either seal face.

3.3.0 MOISTURE DETECTOR SYSTEM

3.3.1 Warrick type, dual (2) moisture sensing
probes are to be provided that extend into
the oil chamber to detect the presence of
moisture should the outer seal fail.

3.3.2 The moisture detection system shall be
selected by the customer to utilize the
Warrick sensing probes. A relay, Warrick
type 2810 or equivalent must be provided
by others. For additional information on
the moisture probes and relay go to
www.gemssensors.com.

3.4.0 CAP/CABLE ASSEMBLY

3.4.1 The power cable and cap assembly shall
be designed to prevent moisture from
wicking through the cable assembly even
when the cable jacket has been
punctured.

3.4.2 Power and control cable entry into the
lead connection chamber shall be epoxy
encapsulated for positive moisture
sealing.

3.4.3 A Buna-N power and control cable
grommet shall be provided in addition to
the epoxy filled leads.

3.5.0 ENCLOSURE AND SHAFT

3.5.1 The motor enclosure including frame, end
brackets, flange and cap assembly shall
be cast iron ASTM type A-48, Class 25
or better.

3.5.2 Motor frame construction will not have fins
and will be a smooth surface to prevent
the clogging of solids and provide for easy
cleaning.

3.5.3 The top end bracket will include integrally
cast provisions for vertical lifting capability.

3.5.4 All mating frame fits to have rabbet joints
with large overlap as well as O-ring shall be
Buna-N (nitrile). Viton O-rings may be
supplied as an option and are required for
ambient conditions of 61 degrees C and
higher.

3.5.5 Motor shaft material is 416 stainless steel.

Other materials available as options are
303, 304, 410 stainless steel, 17-4PH,
Carpenter 20, Monel, or Nitronic 50.

3.5.6 All external hardware including the motor
nameplate shall be made of stainless steel.

3.5.7 Motor rotor construction shall be die cast
aluminum. Rotors shall be dynamically
balanced to NEMA limits per MG1-12.05.

Balance weights if required shall be secured
to the rotor fan blades by rivets. Machine
screws and nuts are prohibited.

3.5.8 The frame, opposite drive end bracket, and
cable cap assembly shall receive an alkyd
primer and epoxy ester finish coat of high
grade paint to resist rust and corrosion.

3.5.9 The drive end bracket will have oil fill and
drain holes.

4.0 ELECTRICAL

4.1 All motors shall successfully operate under
power supply variations per
NEMA MG1-14.30.

4.2 Motors shall be designed to limit the
maximum surface temperature to NEC
specifications for Division 1, Class 1,
Group D or Class 1, Group
C&D for hazardous locations.

4.3 All motors shall be NEMA Design B or A
with torque and starting current in
accordance with NEMA MG-12.

4.4 Motors shall have copper windings.

8.a
Packet Pg. 875 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Submersible Motors Application in Water and Sewage
Submersible Motors Application in Water and Sewage
4 4.5 Motor insulation system shall be Class F
minimum, utilizing material and insulation
systems evaluated in accordance with IEEE
117 classification tests.

4.6 Motor leads shall be nonwicking type, Class
F temperature rating or better and
permanently numbered for identification.

4.7 The stator insulation system shall be treated
with a non hydroscopic epoxy varnish with a
dip and bake process.

4.8 All motors to include two (2) normally closed
thermostats connected in series and
embedded in adjoining phases as required
by Underwriters Laboratories for motors of 1
HP or higher.

4.9 All motors operated on inverter power will be
rated as Class 1, Group D with a T2A
temperature code.

4.10 Each completed and assembled motor shall
receive a routine factory test per NEMA
MG1-1993-12.55. Tests are in accordance
with IEEE Std. 112.

World Headquarters
P.O. Box 2400, Fort Smith, AR 72902-2400 U.S.A., Ph: (1) 479.646.4711, Fax (1) 479.648.5792, International Fax (1) 479.648.5895 Baldor - Dodge
6040 Ponders Court, Greenville, SC 29615-4617 U.S.A., Ph: (1) 864.297.4800, Fax: (1) 864.281.2433 www.baldor.com
© Baldor Electric Company
FM466
All Rights Reserved.

Printed in USA.
6/08 POD
7/07-K-00M

8.a
Packet Pg. 876 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) RH. PHASE/
VOLTS S.O. FRAME HP TYPE HERTZ RPM
I
- 250T 30 P 3/60 1750 460

AMBOC/ NEMA CODE
AMPS DUTY INSUL. S.F. DESIGN LETTER ENCL.

39.0 * 40/F 1.15 B G SUB
TEST TEST STATOR RES .@25°C
E/S ROTOR S.O. DATE OHMS (BETWEEN LINES)
586678 411287-31-NE - - .45

PERFORMANCE
% %

LOAD HP AMPERES RPM POWER FACTOR EFFICIENCY
NO LOAD 0 12.3 1800 13.7 0
1/4 7.90 15.9 1788 56.8 81.5
2/4 15.3 21.4 1773 77.1 87.1
3/4 22.9 30.0 1758 82.2 86.8
4/4 30.0 39.0 1750 85.4 84.1
5/4 37.8 48.9 1728 86.3 83.9

SPEED TORQUE

TORQUE TORQUE
RPM % FULL LOAD LB.-FT.AMPERES
LOCKED ROTOR 0 154 139 207
PULL UP 200 134 121 194
BREAKDOWN 1500 223 201 128
FULL LOAD 1750 100 90.0 39.0
AMPERES SHOWN FOR 460. VOLT CONNECT ION. IF OTHER VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS ARE AVAIL~BLE, THE

AMPERES WILL VARY INVERSELY WITH THE RATED VOLTAGE
REMARKS: TYPICAL DATA
* CONT IN LIQUID LRKVA = 165
RELIANCEI8 DR. BY T.HANHILAMMI
CK. BY M.BARoFFA A-C MOTOR E0732A-C-004 ELECTRIC 0 APP. BY C .A.YOCOM PERFORMANCE CLEVELAND, OHIO 44117 U.S.A. DATE 09/04181 DATA ISSUE DATE 09/04/81

8.a
Packet Pg. 877 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

6.04 LEVEL SENSORS
This section provides the information pertaining to the level sensing for this project.

This section is structured as follows:

6.04.1 PRIMARY LEVEL SENSOR

6.04.2 SECONDARY LEVEL SENSOR

8.a
Packet Pg. 878 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Level Measurement
Continuous level measurement — Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XPS and XCT
Siemens FI 01 · 2012 5/183
5 ■ Overview
Echomax XPS/XCT transducers use ultrasonic technology to measure level in a wide range of liquids and solids.
■Benefits
• Integral temperature compensation
• Low ringing effect reduces blanking distance
• Optional foam facing for dusty applications
• Self-cleaning and low-maintenance
• Chemically resistant
• Hermetically sealed
■Application
The transducers can be fully immersed, are resistant to steam and corrosive chemicals, and can be installed without flanges.

The XPS series offers versions for various measuring ranges up to 40 m (130 ft) and up to a max. temperature of 95 °C
(203 °F).

The XCT series can be used in applications at higher temperatures to measure level up to a distance of 12 m (40 ft) and at a max. temperature of 95 °C (203 °F).

During operation, the Echomax transducers emit acoustic pulses in a narrow beam. The level monitor measures the propagation time between pulse emission and its reflection (echo) to calculate the distance.

Modification 04/2012
© Siemens AG 2012
Level Measurement
Continuous level measurement — Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XPS and XCT
5/184 Siemens FI 01 · 2012
5 ■Technical specifications
1) EMC certificate available on request.

Input XPS-10 (standard
and F models)
XPS-15 (standard
and F models)
XPS-30 XPS-40 XCT-8 (standard
and sanitary
models)
XCT-12
Measuring range 0.3 ... 10 m
(1 ... 33 ft)
Standard:

0.3 ... 15 m
(1 ... 50 ft)
Flanged:

0.45 ... 15 m
(1.5 ... 50 ft)

0.6 ... 30 m
(2 ... 100 ft)

0.9 ... 40 m
(3 ... 130 ft)

0.6 ... 8 m
(2 ... 26 ft)

0.6 ... 12 m
(2 ... 40 ft)
Output
Frequency 44 kHz 44 kHz 30 kHz 22 kHz 44 kHz 44 kHz
Beam angle 12° 6° 6° 6° 12° 6°
Environmental
Location Indoors/outdoors
Ambient
temperature
Standard: -40 ... +95 °C (-40 ... +203 °F)
F: -20 ... +95 °C (-4 ... +203 °F)
Standard:
-40 ... +145 °C
(-40 ... +293 °F)
Sanitary:
-40 ... +125 °C
(-40 ... +260 °F)
-40 ... +145 °C
(-40 ... +293 °F)
Pollution degree 4
Pressure 8 bar g (120 psi g)
Flanged:

0.5 bar g
(7.25 psi g)
8 bar g (120 psi g)
Flanged: 0.5 bar g
(7.25 psi g)

0.5 bar g
(7.25 psi g)
Flanged: 0.5 bar g
(7.25 psi g)

0.5 bar g
(7.25 psi g)
Standard: 4 bar g (60 psi g):
-40 ... +138 °C (-40 ... +280 °F)
Standard: 8 bar g (120 psi g):
-40 ... +95 °C (-40 ... +203 °F)
Flanged: 0.5 bar g (7.25 psi g)
Sanitary: XCT-8: 0.5 bar g (7.25 psi g)
Design
Weight 0.8 kg
(1.8 lbs)

1.3 kg (2.8 lbs)
Flanged: 2 kg
(4.4 lbs)

4.3 kg
(9.5 lbs)
8 kg
(18 lbs)

0.8 kg
(1.7 lbs)

1.3 kg
(2.8 lbs)
Power supply Operation of transducer only with approved Siemens Milltronics controllers Material Standard: PVDF
Flanged: PVDF with
CPVC flange
Option: PTFE face
with CPVC flange
Standard: PVDF
Flanged: PVDF with
CPVC flange
Option: PTFE face
with CPVC flange
Standard: PVDF
Flanged: PVDF with
CPVC flange
Option: PTFE face
with CPVC flange
PVDF Standard: PVDF
Options: DERAKANE flange; PTFE face
with universal PVDF flange
Color Standard: blue
F: gray
Standard: blue
F: gray
blue blue white
Process
connection
Standard: 1" NPT or
1" BSPT
F: 1" NPT
Standard: 1" NPT or
1" BSPT
F: 1" NPT

1.5" universal thread (NPT or BSPT) 1" NPT or R 1" (BSPT), EN 10226 Degree of
protection
IP66/68 IP66/68 IP66/68 IP66/68 IP66/68 IP66/68
Cable 2 wire twisted pair/braided and foil shielded 0.5 mm² (20 AWG) PVC jacket 2 wire twisted pair/braided and foil shielded 0.5 mm² (20 AWG) silicone
jacket
Separation Max. 365 m (1200 ft)
Certificates and
approvals
Standard:

CE1), CSA, FM,
ATEX II 2GD
F: FM Class I, Div 1,
Groups A, B, C and
D, Class II Div 1,
Groups E, F and G,
Class III
Standard:

CE1), CSA, FM,
ATEX II 2GD
F: FM Class I, Div 1,
Groups A, B, C and
D, Class II Div 1,
Groups E, F and G,
Class III
CE1), CSA, FM,
ATEX II 2G 1D
CE1), CSA, FM,
ATEX II 2G 1D
Standard:

CE1), CSA, FM,
ATEX II 2GD
Sanitary: CE,

CTICK, CSAUS/C
CE1), CSA, FM,
ATEX II 2GD
Modification 04/2012
© Siemens AG 2012
Level Measurement
Continuous level measurement — Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XPS and XCT
Siemens FI 01 · 2012 5/187
5 C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

Echomax XPS-15 ultrasonic transducer
High-frequency ultrasonic transducer designed for
a wide variety of liquid and solid applications, for
use with approved controllers. Includes integral
temperature sensor.

Measuring range: min. 0.3 m, max. 15 m
C) 7ML1118-
7777 0
Mounting thread and facing
1" NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME B1.20.1] 0
1" NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME B1.20.1] with foam
facing1)
1) Not available with flanged versions
1 1" NPT [(Taper), ANSI/ASME B1.20.1] with PTFE
facing2)
2) Available with flanged versions only
2 R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226] 3
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226] with foam facing1) 4
R 1" [(BSPT), EN 10226] with PTFE facing2) 5
Cable length
5 m (16.40 ft) B
10 m (32.81 ft) C
30 m (98.43 ft) E
50 m (164.04 ft) F
100 m (328.08 ft) K
Mounting flange
None A
6" ASME, 150 lb, flat faced D
8" ASME, 150 lb, flat faced E
DN 150, PN 10/16, Type A, flat faced J
DN 200, PN 10/16, Type A, flat faced K
JIS10K 6B N
JIS10K 8B
(Note: Flange bolting patterns and facings dimensionally correspond to the applicable ASME B16.5 or EN 1092-1, or JIS B 2220 standard.)
P
Approvals
ATEX II 2GD, FM Class I Div. 2, SAA Class I 3
CSA Class I Div. 13)
3) Available with mounting options 0 to 2 only
4 Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code(s).

Acrylic coated, stainless steel tag [13 x 45 mm
Stainless steel tag [69 x 50 mm (2.71 x 1.97")]:

Measuring-point number/identification
(max. 27 characters) specify in plain text
Y15
Operating Instructions Order No.

Quick Start guide, multi-language C) 7ML1998-5QM82
Applications Guidelines, multi-language
Note: The Applications Guidelines should be
ordered as a separate line item on the order.

C) 7ML1998-5HV61
This device is shipped with the Siemens Milltronics
manual CD containing the complete ATEX Quick Start
and Operating Instructions library.

Accessories
Tag, stainless steel with hole, 12 x 45 mm
(0.47 x 1.77"), one text line for fastening on sensors
7ML1930-1BJ
Submergence shield kit 7ML1830-1BJ
Universal box bracket, mounting kit 7ML1830-1BK
Channel bracket, wall mount 7ML1830-1BL
Extended channel bracket, wall mount 7ML1830-1BM
Channel bracket, floor mount 7ML1830-1BN
Extended channel bracket, floor mount 7ML1830-1BP
Bridge channel bracket, floor mount
(see Mounting Brackets on page 5/198 for more
information)
7ML1830-1BQ
1" NPT locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DS
1" BSPT locknut, plastic 7ML1830-1DR
Easy Aimer 2, with ¾" x 1" NPT PVC coupling 7ML1830-1AQ Easy Aimer 2, aluminum with M20 adapter and
1" and 1½" BSPT aluminum couplings
7ML1830-1AX
Easy Aimer 304 with stainless steel coupling 7ML1830-1AU Easy Aimer 304, with M20 adapter and 1" and
1½" BSPT 304 SS couplings
7ML1830-1GN
Modification 04/2012
© Siemens AG 2012
Level Measurement
Continuous level measurement — Ultrasonic transducers
Echomax XPS and XCT
Siemens FI 01 · 2012 5/191
5 ■Dimensional drawings
XPS and XCT ultrasonic transducer, dimensions, in mm (inch) ■Schematics
XPS and XCT ultrasonic transducer connections
Version
Dimension XPS-10 XPS-15 XPS-30 XPS-40
A 88 mm
(3.464")
121 mm
(4.764")
175 mm
(6.890“)
206 mm
(8.110")
B 122 mm
(4.803")
132 mm
(5.197")
198 mm
(7.795")
229 mm
(9.016")
C According to ASME, DIN and JIS n/a
E 124 mm
(4.882")
158 mm
(6.220")
n/a n/a
F 152 mm
(5.984")
198 mm
(7.795")
n/a n/a
J 28 mm (1.1") 28 mm (1.1") 28 mm (1.1") 28 mm (1.1")
Version
Dimension XCT-8 XCT-12
A 88 mm (3.464") 121 mm (4.764")
B 122 mm (4.803") 132 mm (5.197")
C According to ASME, DIN and JIS
E n/a n/a
F n/a n/a
G Sanitary version:
119 mm (4.68")
n/a
H Sanitary version:
122 mm (4.8")
n/a
J 28 mm (1.1") 28 mm (1.1")
Sanitary
Bonded flange Submergence shield
Standard
Radiating PTFE face
Radiating face
E
F
B
B
A
C
J
H
G
Direct Connection
Coaxial Connection
3 Terminal Direct*
3 Terminal Extension*
black
white
shield
black
white
shield
black
white
shield
white
shield
* For SITRANS LUC500, MultiRanger 100/200, HydroRanger 200 Mounting
Interconnection
Make particularly sure that the radiating face of the transducer is protected from damage.

Mount the transducer so that it is above the maximum material level by at least the blanking value. On liquid applications, the transducer must be mounted so that the axis of transmission is perpendicular to the liquid surface. On solids alications, a Milltronics Easy Aimer should be used to facilitate aiming the transducer. Consider the optional temperature sensor when mounting the transducer.

Do not route cable openly or near high voltage or current runs, contactors and SCR control drives. For optimum isolation against electrical noise, run cable separately in a grounded metal conduit. Seal all thread connections to prevent ingress of moisture.

Modification 04/2012
© Siemens AG 2012

8.a
Packet Pg. 883 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 884 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 885 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

6.05 VALVE VAULT
This section contains information pertaining to the valve vault. There is both technical information and related drawings necessary for the valve vault construction.

This section is structured as follows:

6.05.1 VALVE VAULT COMPONENT DRAWING(S)

6.05.2 VALVE VAULT PRODUCTION DRAWING(S)

6.05.3 VALVE VAULT HATCH DRAWING

6.05.4 VALVE VAULT DATA SHEETS

CONSEAL

KOR-N-SEAL
TNEMEC
PROTECTO 401

CHECK VALVE

PLUG VALVE

COUPLING

EXPANSION JOINT

8.a
Packet Pg. 886 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) SHEET
2 OF 2

JOB NUMBER
RMTC
0000
S
O
U
T
H
E
R
N
P
U
MP
1 0"
-
8 1
0 V
A
L
V
E
V
A
U
L
T
1 8
2 4
0 N
O
R
T
H
B
A
N
K
R
O
A
D
R
O
S
EB
U
R
G
,
O
R
E
G
O
N
9 7
4 7
0 (
5 4
1 )
4 9
6 -
9 6
7 8
F
A
X
(
5 4
1 )
4 9
6 -
0804
V
E
R
I
F
Y
SCA
L
E
BA
R
I
S
O
N
E
I
N
C
H
O
N
O
R
I
G
I
N
AL
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
0 1
"
D
A
TE
-
D
S
N
-
D
R
N
-
C
K
D
-
N
G
N
G
A
D
3 -
5 -
1 3
I
F
N
O
T
O
N
E
I
N
C
H
O
N
T
H
I
S
S
H
E
E
T,
A
D
J
U
S
T
S
CA
L
E
S
AC
C
O
R
D
I
N
G
L
Y
Parts List

ITEM QTY STOCK NUMBER DESCRIPTION
11 20-6274 BASE - VV - 810 MIDDLE
2 1 20-6278 BASE - VV - 8103 1 23-6272 HATCH - VV - 810 - H20 - 73X93AO 14 24-6273 TOP SLAB - VV - 810 - H2015 25-4456 VALVE KEY - 24in HAND WRENCH26 25-5159 PIPE STAND - 10in - S92 SAD - NO BASE 7 2 25-5161 PIPE STAND - 10in - S89 FLG - NO BASE
28 25-6550 VALVE KEY BRACKET19 25-6551 VALVE KEY - 6ft GATE WRENCH 1010 40-5398 PIPE - DI - 10in - CL52 2 @ 5ft -401 LINED & 431 COATED 11 12 40-6559 PIPE - GALV - 2in SCH40 4@3ft
12 2 41-5394 SWING CHECK VALVE - 10in - SG BUSTER13 2 41-5395 MECHANICAL INDICATOR - 10in14 2 41-5396 VALVE - PLUG - 10in - GEAR OP15 1 41-5396 VALVE - PLUG - 10in - GEAR OP16 1 41-6159 BACKFLOW ACTUATOR - 8in & 10in17 2 42-5656 COUPLING - STAR - 10in FBEC W/SS BOLTS18 3 42-5662 RETAINER GLAND -STAR - 10in19 1 42-5746 STAR FLANGE ADAPTER - 10in -SERIES 200 STAR FLEX - DOUBLE-BALL EXPANSION JOINT S5000 - 10in - +2 - -2 EXPANSION 20 1 42-574721 3 43-5188 KOR-N-SEAL - 16in CORE - 10in PIPE22 1 44-5286 FLANGE - DI - 10in - BLIND - 401 LINED & 431 COATED SPOOL - FLG X FLG - 10in X 7.75in - DI - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 23 2 45-4295
SPOOL - FLG X FLG - 10in X 13.75in - DI - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 24 1 45-4297
SPOOL - FLG X PE - 10in X 36in - DI - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 25 1 45-XXXX26 1 46-5204 TEE - DI - 10in - FLG X FLG - 401 LINED & 431 COATED ELBOW - DI - 10in - 90 DEG - FLG X FLG - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 27 1 46-521128 1 46-5285 WYE - DI - 10in - FLG - 401 LINED & 431 COATED 29 14 47-5252 GASKET - FLANGE - 10in X 1/8in
8730 51-6081 SEALANT - 1in X 1in X 14.5ft CS-202
© 2014 ROMTEC INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. THESEPLANS AND DRAWINGS MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED,ADAPTED, OR FURTHER DISTRIBUTED, AND NOCOMPONENTS MAY BE CONSTRUCTED FROM THESEPLANS, WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ROMTEC, INC.

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHOWNARE NOMINAL DIMENSIONS. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ON-SITE CONTRACTOR OR ROMTEC UTILITIESCUSTOMER (NOT ROMTEC UTILITIES) TO VERIFY THEACCURACY OF ANY CRITICAL DIMENSIONS OR ELEVATIONSPRIOR TO SETTING OR INSTALLING ANY EQUIPMENT. 4 U
P
D
A
TE
D
P
E
R
C
O
MME
N
TS1
1 -
1 1
-
1 4
A
D
3 U
P
D
A
TE
P
E
R
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
PA
R
TS
1 0-
1 4
-
1 4
N
N
A
2 E
XPA
N
S
I
O
N
J
O
I
N
G
1 0-
1 8
-
1 3
N
N
A
1 R
E
V
I
S
E
D
P
E
R
N
E
W
E
L
EV
AT
I
O
N
S
4 -
1 -
1 3
A
D
R
E
V
I
S
I
O
N
H
I
S
T
O
R
Y
R
E
V
D
E
S
C
R
I
PT
I
O
N
D
AT
E
A
P
P
R
O
V
RIM ELEVATION - 972.25'
C
O
MP
O
N
E
N
T
D
R
A
W
I
N
G
NOTE: VAULT TOP SLAB IS H-20 OCCASIONAL RATED

VALVE VAULTPIPING AND VALVES
810
10"

WITH PUMPING PORT

FORCE MAIN(BY OTHERS)

FORCE MAIN(BY OTHERS)
12" THICK CAST IN PLACECONCRETE THRUST RESTRAINTCOLLAR.(BOTH ENDS - BY OTHERS) 12" THICK CAST IN PLACECONCRETE THRUST RESTRAINTCOLLAR.(BOTH ENDS - BY OTHERS) DRAIN BACK TO WET WELL:3" PLAIN HOLE IN VAULT(PROVIDED)2" PEE TRAP ON VAULT ENDWITH CHECK VALVE AT END OF PIPE IN WET WELL.(BY OTHERS) NOT ROMTEC UTILITIES

CLEARHATCH OPENING
73" X93"
8'-6"
8'-8"
2'-10"

36.00 30.00

30.00 8'-0" 8'-8"
10'-0"10'-8"

PIPE STANDSNOT SHOWN
412
2 4
3 25
21 14 12
25 21 26 14 23
18 18
1213
23 27
1 28
28 15
17 17
12" THICK CAST IN PLACECONCRETE THRUST RESTRAINTCOLLAR.(BOTH ENDS - BY OTHERS) 12" THICK CAST IN PLACECONCRETE THRUST RESTRAINTCOLLAR.(BOTH ENDS - BY OTHERS) CENTERLINE DISCHARGEELEVATION - 967.00'
14 10
24 25
22 121316
10 21
21 18
18 22
15 26 14 23 12 17 10 21
18 1
19 20
19 20
FINISH GRADE ELEV: 970.71'
ALL DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS MUST BE EXTERIOR TNEMEC 431 COATED AND INTERIOR PROTECTO 401 LINED

8.a
Packet Pg. 887
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 888
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern

8.a
Packet Pg. 889
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern

6.0 5.4 VALVE VAULT DATA SHEETS

PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

8.a
Packet Pg. 890 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

P R O D U C T S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
CS-202
Butyl Rubber Sealant
1 P.O. Box 176, New Carlisle OH, 45344 • 937.845.8776 or 800.332.7325 FAX 937-845-3587 • www.conseal.com

APPLICATIONS
For self-sealing joints in: Manholes, Concrete Vaults, Septic Tanks, Concrete Pipe, Box Culverts, Utility Vaults, Burial Vaults, and Vertical Panel Structures.

SEALING PROPERTIES
• Provides permanently flexible watertight joints.
• Low to high temperature workability: 0°F to 120°F (-12°C to 48°C) • Rugged service temperature: -30°F to +200°F (-34°C to +93°C) • Excellent chemical and mechanical adhesion to clean, dry surfaces. • Sealed Joints will not shrink, harden or oxide upon aging. • No priming normally necessary. When confronted with difficult installation conditions, such as wet concrete or temperatures below 40°F (4°C), priming the concrete will improve the bonding action. Consult Concrete Sealants for the proper primer to meet your application.

HYDROSTATIC STRENGTH
ConSeal CS-202 meets the hydrostatic performance requirement as set forth In ASTM C-990 section 10.1 (Performance requirement: 10psi for 10 minutes in straight alignment – in plant, quality control test for joint materials.)

SPECIFICATIONS
ConSeal CS-202 meets or exceeds the requirements of Federal Specification SS-S-210 (210-A), AASHTO M-198B, and ASTM C-990-91.

8.a
Packet Pg. 891 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

P R O D U C T S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
CS-202
Butyl Rubber Sealant
2 P.O. Box 176, New Carlisle OH, 45344 • 937.845.8776 or 800.332.7325 FAX 937-845-3587 • www.conseal.com

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Spec Required* CS-202
Hydrocarbon blend content % by
weight
ASTM D4 (mod.) 50% min. 52%
Inert mineral filler % by weight AASHTO T111 30% min. 35% Volatile Matter % by weight ASTM D6 2% max. 1.2
Specific Gravity, 77°F ASTM D71 1.15-1.50 1.20
Ductility, 77°F ASTM D113 5.0 min. 12
Penetration, cone 77°F, 150 gm. 5
sec.

ASTM D217 50-100 60-65
Penetration, cone 32°F, 150 gm. 5
sec.

ASTM D217 40 mm 50-55
Flash Point, C.O.C., °F ASTM D92 350°F min. 425°F
Fire point, C.O.C., °F ASTM D92 375°F min. 450°F

IMMERSION TESTING
• 30-Day Immersion Testing: No visible deterioration when tested in 5% Caustic Potash, 5% Hydrochloric Acid, 5% Sulfuric Acid, and 5% saturated Hydrogen Sulfide. *
• One Year Immersion Testing: No visible deterioration when tested in 5% Formaldehyde, 5% Formic Acid, 5% Sulfuric Acid, 5% Hydrochloric Acid, 5% Sodium Hydroxide, 5% Hydrogen Sulfide and 5% Potassium Hydroxide. * Requirements of ASTM C-990 Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants.

LIMITED WARRANTY
This information is presented in good faith, but we cannot anticipate all conditions under which this information and our products, or the products of other manufacturers in combination with our products, may be used. We accept no responsibility for results obtained by the application of this information or the safety and suitability of our products, either alone or in combination with other products. Users are advised to make their own tests to determine the safety and suitability of each such product or product combinations for their own purposes. It is the user’s responsibility to satisfy himself as to the suitability and completeness of such information for this own particular use. We sell this product without warranty, and buyers and users assume all responsibility and liability for loss or damage arising from the handling and use of this product, whether used alone or in combination with other products.

8.a
Packet Pg. 892 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Install Pipe Clamp(s)
with T-Handle Torque Wrench
Install Kor-N-Seal I - Wedge Korband
with Socket Wrench & Torque Limiter
Install Kor-N-Seal II - Wedge Korband
with Standard Torque Wrench

KOR-N-SEAL I - WEDGE KORBAND CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY
Stainless Steel
Pipe Clamp

EPDM OR

POLYISOPRENE
Reinforced Nylon Wedge
or
Stainless Wedge
Stainless Steel
Korband
www.npc.com
250 Elm Street • P.O. Box 301
Milford, NH 03055, U.S.A.

Tel: 603-673-8680 • 800-626-2180 • Fax: 603-673-7271
KOR-N-SEAL® I & II

FLEXIBLE PIPE-TO-MANHOLE CONNECTORS

SPECIFICATION SHEET
02/06

8.a
Packet Pg. 893 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Head Pressure C923 - 7.1 0° - 13 psi (30 ft) for 10 min. +13 psi for 10 min. 7° - 10 psi (23 ft) for 10 min. +10 psi for 10 min.

Deflection Test C923 - 7.2.2 7° in any direction Over 7° in any direction Load Test C923 - 7.2.3 150 lbs/in. pipe dia. Over 150 lbs/in. pipe dia.

Performed on all standard sizes of Kor-N-Seal Connectors.

RESILIENT EPDM OR POLYISOPRENE RUBBER
Conforms to ASTM C923

PERFORMANCE
Test ASTM Method Test Requirements Kor-N-Seal ® I & II
Test ASTM Method Test Requirements TEST RESULTS
Kor-N-Seal® I & II
Chemical Resistance D543, at 22°C for 48 h
1 N Sulfuric Acid No weight loss No weight loss
1 N Hydrochloric Acid No weight loss No weight loss
Tensile Strength D412 1200 psi 1580 psi
Elongation at Break 350% min. 500%
Hardness D2240 (shore A durometer) ± 5 from the manufacturer's 48 ± 5 specified hardness
Accelerated Oven-Aging D573 70 ± 1°C for 7 days Decrease of 15%, max. of original 10.1% tensile decrease tensile strength, decrease of 14.0% elongation decrease 20% max. of elongation
Compression Set D395, method B, at 70°C Decrease of 25%, max. 13% decrease for 22 h of original deflection
Water Absorption D471, immerse 0.75 by 2-in. Increase of 10%, max. .8% increase specimen in distilled of original by weight
water at 70°C for 48 h
Ozone Resistance D1171 Rating 0 Rating 0
Low-temperature Brittle Point D746 No fracture at -40°C No fracture at -40°C Tear Resistance D624, method B 200 lbf/in. No tear at 210 lbf/in.

INTERNAL KORBAND
Conforms to ASTM C923, ASTM A666, and A240
– Korband Assembly is manufactured of 300 series stainless steel. – Toggle Expander is made of 300 series stainless steel. – The 106/406 series Wedge Expander is made from reinforced nylon or 300 series stainless steel. – The 206/306 series Wedge Expander is made from 300 series stainless steel.

EXTERNAL PIPE CLAMP
Conforms to ASTM C923, ASTM A666, and A240
External take-up clamps are manufactured of 300 series stainless steel.

KOR-N-SEAL® I & II
Flexible Pipe-to-Manhole Connectors

SPECIFICATION SHEET
www.npc.com
250 Elm Street • P.O. Box 301
Milford, NH 03055, U.S.A.
05/06 Tel: 603-673-8680 • 800-626-2180 • Fax: 603-673-7271

8.a
Packet Pg. 894 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) NPC Kor-N-Seal Pipe-to-Manhole Connector
Technical Specification
Scope:

This specification describes the function of the NPC Kor-N-Seal pipe-to-manhole connector, its principle of operation, and the component materials that constitute the Kor-N-Seal connector, and their physical properties.

Product Application:

NPC Kor-N-Seal connectors are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C-923 "Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals". This specification requires the connector to provide a watertight seal under the following conditions:
• 10 PSI (23 feet head) of groundwater pressure
• Minimum 7 Degrees of pipe articulation in any direction • Radial loading test of 150 pounds per inch diameter of pipe Principle of Operation:

The Kor-N-Seal connector creates a watertight seal between the pipe and manhole by first sealing to the inside of the cored or formed hole in the manhole and then sealing to the outside of the pipe. See illustration at right.

The seal at the inside of the manhole is created by the stainless steel Korband. The Korband is located inside of the end of the Kor-NSeal connector that fits into the manhole. Once the Kor-N-Seal connector is located in the manhole, the diameter of the Korband is increased. This compresses the Kor-N-Seal connector against the inside wall of the hole in the manhole creating a watertight seal at the manhole.

The seal at the outside of the pipe is created by the stainless steel pipe clamp(s). The pipe clamp is located on the outside of the KorN-Seal connector. Once the pipe has been positioned in the connector the diameter of the pipe clamp is decreased. This compresses the Kor-N-Seal connector against the outside wall of the pipe creating a watertight seal at the pipe.

Reference the Kor-N-Seal Recommeded Installation Instructions for a detailed explanation of the preparation and installation of the Kor-N-Seal connector.

8.a
Packet Pg. 895 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) PIPE INSTALLATION:

1. Center pipe in Connector opening.

2. On maximum pipe O.D. installations, use a pipe lubricant on the outside barrel of the pipe and/or the inside ridges of the Connector (under the Pipe Clamp area) to allow the pipe to slide into place more easily.

3. Position the Pipe Clamp in the Connector's Pipe Clamp groove with the screw at the top.

4. Tighten the Pipe Clamp screw to 60 inch pounds [7 Newton Meters] with a T-handle Torque Wrench, P/N 80090.

5. On minimum pipe O.D. installations, lift the rubber up underneath the Pipe Clamp screw so that the Connector contacts the bottom surface of the pipe while the Pipe Clamp screw is being tightened. Application of pipe lubrication on the underside of the clamp will also help assure that an even contraction of rubber is maintained throughout the clamping area.

6. After the Pipe Clamp has been tightened down firmly, move the pipe horizontally and/or vertically to bring it to grade.

CAUTION: Pipe must NOT rest on Connector Korband.

Refer to reverse side Kor-N-Seal I - Wedge Korband Installation Chart for Hole Size Range, Connector Dimensions, and Suggested Pipe O.D. Range.

CONNECTOR INSTALLATION:

1. Check to be sure Korband is properly located in Connector groove. (Fig. 1)

2. Insert Connector Assembly into hole with Wedge Expander at top of hole. (Fig. 2)

3. Position Connector so it is square to manhole both vertically and horizontally. (Fig. 3)

4. Tighten Wedge Expander using 1/2" [13 mm] socket with a preset torque limiter for each. For each size connector use torque limiter preset to proper torque. (Fig. 4) Retorquing is not required prior to shipment.

CAUTION: DO NOT USE IMPACT WRENCH.

Fig. 4

RECOMMENDED TORQUE

TORQUE LIMITER
Connector Foot Pounds
Inches [mm] [Newton Meters]
10 – 24 12
[254 – 610] [16]
P/N
91440-12
www.npc.com
250 Elm Street • P.O. Box 301
Milford, NH 03055, U.S.A.

Tel: 603-673-8680 • 800-626-2180 • Fax: 603-673-7271
Outer Wall Top View
Wedge Expander Area
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

I M P O R T A N T
KOR-N-SEALI –

STAINLESS STEEL WEDGE
Recommended Installation Procedure
Side View
Outer Wall
Korband
Wedge
Expander
Inner wall
CAUTION:

All capped stubs awaiting pipe installation at a later date must be restrained. Assure that a proper backfill material is used in adverse conditions. Prior to any critical usage, contact NPC Customer service at 1-800-626-2180.

8.a
Packet Pg. 896 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) www.npc.com
250 Elm Street • P.O. Box 301
Milford, NH 03055, U.S.A.

Tel: 603-673-8680 • 800-626-2180 • Fax: 603-673-7271
Connector
P/N
S106-12BWS
S106-12AWS
S106-12WS
S106-14AWS
S106-16BWS
S106-16AWS
S106-16WS
S106-20BWS
S106-20AWS
S106-20WS
S106-22WS
S106-24WS
S406-10AWS
S406-10WS
S406-10.5AWS
S406-10.5WS
S406-11BWS
S406-11AWS
S406-12CWS
S406-12BWS
S406-12AWS
S406-12WS
Suggested Pipe
O.D. Range
Inches

5.75 — 7.00

7.00 — 8.50

8.25 — 9.75

9.50 — 11.25

9.50 — 11.25

11.25 — 13.00

13.00 — 14.20

14.00 — 15.50

15.50 — 17.00

17.00 — 18.15

17.75 — 19.25

19.60 — 21.10

6.00 — 6.75

7.50 — 8.20

6.00 — 6.75

7.50 — 8.70

6.00 — 7.00

7.50 — 9.00

6.00 — 7.00

6.25 — 7.50

7.50 — 9.00

9.00 — 10.20
Hole Size Range
Inches
A

12.00 — 12.20

12.00 — 12.20

12.00 — 12.20

14.00 — 14.20

15.95 — 16.15

15.95 — 16.15

15.95 — 16.15

19.95 — 20.10

19.95 — 20.10

19.95 — 20.10

21.95 — 22.10

23.95 — 24.10

10.00 — 10.20

10.00 — 10.20

10.50 — 10.70

10.50 — 10.70

11.00 — 11.20

11.00 — 11.20

12.00 — 12.20

12.00 — 12.20

12.00 — 12.20

12.00 — 12.20
Connector Dimensions
Inches
B CD

10.30 6.50 8

10.30 8.00 8

10.30 9.25 8

12.25 10.50 8

14.30 10.50 8

14.30 12.25 8

14.30 14.00 8

18.25 15.00 8

18.25 16.50 8

18.25 18.00 8

20.25 18.75 8

22.25 20.60 8

8.30 6.50 6

8.30 8.50 6

8.80 6.50 6

8.80 8.50 6

9.30 6.00 6

9.30 8.00 6

10.30 6.50 6

10.30 7.00 6

10.30 8.50 6

10.30 10.00 6
Pipe Clamp
P/N
I-128
I-180
I-180
I-190
I-190
I-218
I-242
I-306
I-306
I-306
I-318
I-348
I-128
I-180
I-128
I-180
I-128
I-180
I-128
I-128
I-180
I-180
Kor-N-Seal S106 Series
Suggested pipe O.D. range comes from field experience. Refer to Recommended Pipe Installation Procedure.

PIPE CLAMP
300 Series S.S., Quick Connect

CONNECTOR
EPDM, Durometer 48

KORBAND
300 Series S.S., 16 Gauge
A B C
D
Kor-N-Seal S406 Series
08/06
KOR-N-SEALI –

STAINLESS STEEL WEDGE
Recommended Installation Procedure

8.a
Packet Pg. 897 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) PERMA-SHIELD ® PL

PRODUCT DATA SHEET
SERIES 431

PRODUCT PROFILE
GENERIC DESCRIPTION Modified Polyamine Ceramic Epoxy
COMMON USAGE A 100% solids, abrasion-resistant lining specifically designed for wastewater immersion and fume environments. Provides low permeation to H2S gas, protects against MIC and provides chemical resistance to steel, ductile iron pipe and fittings for severe wastewater. A coal-tar free, resin-rich formulation with low pigment volume concentration (PVC) for maximum performance.

COLORS 5024 Sewer Pipe Green. Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight.

FINISH Gloss
SPECIAL QUALIFICATIONS Contains 20% ceramic microspheres for increased abrasion resistance. Compatible with high-velocity jet sewer cleaning (hydrocleaning) with 0-degree tips (Reference Technical Bulletin No. 11-86).

Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com should be referenced for the most current technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representative for current technical data and instructions.
© July 16, 2013 by Tnemec Co., Inc.

COATING SYSTEM
PRIMERS Self-priming, Series N69 or Series N140. Note: Series 431 must be applied to Series N69 or N140 within 7 days. Scarify the surface with fine abrasive before topcoating if exceeding this maximum recoat window.

Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com should be referenced for the most current technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representative for current technical data and instructions.

SURFACE PREPARATION
Prepare surfaces by method suitable for exposure and service.

STEEL SSPC-SP5/NACE 1/ISO Sa 3 White Metal Blast Cleaning with a minimum angular anchor profile of 3.0 mils (76.2 microns) DUCTILE IRON All internal surfaces of ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be delivered to the application facility without asphalt or any other protective lining on the interior surface. All oils, small deposits of asphalt paint, grease, and soluble deposits shall be removed in accordance with NAPF 500-03-01 Solvent Cleaning prior to abrasive blasting.

Pipe: Uniformly rotary-abrasive blast using angular abrasive to a NAPF 500-03-04: Internal Pipe Surface condition, full removal of annealing oxide layer. When viewed without magnification, the interior surfaces shall be free of all visible dirt, dust, annealing oxide, rust, mold coating and other foreign matter. Any area where rust reappears before application shall be reblasted. The surface shall contain a minimum angular anchor profile of 3.0 mils (76.2 microns) (Reference NACE RP0287 or ASTM D 4417, Method C).

Fittings: Uniformly abrasive blast using angular abrasive to a NAPF 500-03-05: Fitting Blast Clean #1 condition, no staining.

When viewed without magnification, the interior surfaces shall be free of all visible dirt, dust, annealing oxide, rust, mold coating and other foreign matter. Any area where rust reappears before application shall be reblasted. The surface shall contain a minimum angular anchor profile of 3.0 mils (76.2 microns) (Reference NACE RP0287 or ASTM D 4417, Method C).

ALL SURFACES Must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants.

Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com should be referenced for the most current technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representative for current technical data and instructions.

TECHNICAL DATA
VOLUME SOLIDS 100% (mixed)
RECOMMENDED DFT Carbon Steel: 30.0 to 50.0 mils (762 to 1270 microns) in one or more coats.

Ductile Iron: 40 mils (1015 microns) (nominal) in one or more coats.

Note: Number of coats and thickness requirements will vary with substrate, application method and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative.

CURING TIME Temperature Set to Touch Max. Recoat To Place in Service 90°F (32°C) 1-2 hours 7 days 24 hours
75°F (24°C) 2-3 hours 7 days 2 days
55°F (13°C) 8-9 hours 7 days 3 days
Note: If more than 7 days have elapsed between coats, the Series 431 coated surface must be mechanically abraded (scarified) before topcoating. Curing time will vary with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness.

VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS EPA Method 24: 0.19 lbs/gallon (23 grams/litre) HAPS 0.00 lbs/gal solids
THEORETICAL COVERAGE 1,604 mil sq ft/gal (39.4 m²/L at 25 microns). See APPLICATION section for coverage rates.

NUMBER OF COMPONENTS Two: Part A (amine) and Part B (epoxy) MIXING RATIO By volume: One (Part A) to one (Part B)
PACKAGING PART A (partially filled) PART B (partially filled) When Mixed Drum Sets † 55 gallon drum 55 gallon drum 100 gallons
Large Kit † 5 gallon pail 5 gallon pail 8 gallons (30.28 L) Small Kit 1 gallon pail 1 gallon pail 1 gallon (3.78L)
Touch-Up Kit †† (1 tube) 4 ounces 4 ounces 8 ounces (236 mL) † Plural Component application only.
†† Touch-Up Kit consists of six (6) tubes along with twelve (12) disposable static mixers.

NET WEIGHT PER GALLON 9.48 ± 0.25 lbs (4.3 ± .11 kg) (mixed) STORAGE TEMPERATURE Minimum 25°F (-4°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C) For optimal handling and application characteristics both material components should be conditioned to a minimum of 80°F (27°C) or higher 48 hours prior to use.

TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE (Dry) Continuous 275°F (135°C) Intermittent 300°F (149°C) (Wet) Intermittent 150°F (65°C) SHELF LIFE 24 months at recommended storage temperature.

8.a
Packet Pg. 898 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) FLASH POINT - SETA Part A: N/A Part B: 200°F (93°C)
HEALTH & SAFETY This product contains chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container label warning and Material Safety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use of this product.

Keep out of the reach of children.
© July 16, 2013 by Tnemec Co., Inc.

PRODUCT DATA SHEET
PERMA-SHIELD ® PL | SERIES 431

APPLICATION
COVERAGE RATES Before commencing, obtain and thoroughly read the Series 431 Surface Preparation and Application Guide.

Dry Mils (Microns) Wet Mils (Microns) Sq Ft/Gal (m²/Gal)

30.0 (762) 30.0 (762) 53 (4.9)

40.0 (1016) 40.0 (1016) 40 (3.7)

50.0 (1270) 50.0 (1270) 32 (3.0)
Note: Recommended DFT will depend on substrate condition and system design. Allow for overspray and surface irregularities. Film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance.

MIXING Drum Set: For Plural Component Application. Place band heaters on drums. Remove the lid and insert the mixing blade shaft through the center two-inch bung; reinstall the lid. Mixing blade should be adequately sized to fully agitate material.

The material should be 80°F-90°F (27°C-32°C) before the mixing blade is turned on. Insert 5:1 feed pumps into the outside two-inch bung. Place the recirculation line in the 3/4 inch outside bung. Recirculate the material through the primary heaters and heated hose bundle back into the containers. Continue recirculation under agitation until Component A reaches 110°F-120°F (43°C-49°C) and Component B reaches 100°F-110°F (38°C-43°C). Do not exceed 120°F (49°C) for either component. Consult Technical Services for specific details.

Large Kit: For Plural Component Application. Agitate Parts A & B separately making sure no pigment or solids remain on the bottom of the can. DO NOT MIX PART A WITH PART B. Use a 1 (Part A amine) to 1 (Part B epoxy) mix ratio heated plural component airless spray unit. Note: Product component A (amine) must be heated to 110°F to 120°F (43°C to 49°C) and component B (epoxy) must be heated to 100°F to 110°F (38°C to 43°C) prior to and during plural component application. Do not exceed 120°F (49°C) for either component. Keep containers tightly sealed prior to use. Consult Technical Services for specific details.

Small Kit: Agitate Parts A & B separately ensuring no pigment or solids remain on the bottom of the can. Scrape all of the Part B into Part A can using a flexible spatula. Use a variable speed drill with a PS Jiffy blade ad mix the blended components for a minimum of two minutes. During the mixing process, scrape the sides and bottom of the container to ensure complete blending of materials. Apply the mixed material within 15 to 20 minutes, or before the material reaches 100°F following agitation. Note: A large volume of material will gel quickly if not applied or reduced in volume.

Touch-Up Kit: Equipment: A dispensing gun with a thrust ratio of 26:1 is required (F100-TKAP). Material tube must be used in conjunction with provided disposable static mixer in order to ensure proper mixing.

Usage: Unscrew retaining ring and remove plug. Save plug in case entire tube is not used. Install static mixing element, replace retaining screw ring, and install tube in gun. Point assembly up and slowly pull the trigger to de-air the mixer.

Dispense approximately 1 fluid ounce (X mL) of material to waste and continue to pump until material is of uniform color with the Part A completely blended with the Part B. Use a putty knife, brush or spatula to ensure adequate coverage and repair.

For complete instructions on application, please refer to the Series 431 Surface Preparation & Application Guide.

THINNING DO NOT THIN
APPLICATION EQUIPMENT PLURAL COMPONENT AIRLESS EQUIPMENT. The preferred application method for Series 431 Perma-Shield PL is using plural component equipment. Plural component equipment reduces material waste, solvent consumption and reduces material viscosity. Contact Tnemec Technical Service for complete Series 431 Plural Component Recommendations.

Airless:

Pump Size Rotary Gun † Mat'l Hose ID Manifold Filter
45:1 or 56:1 Model 712-216 3/8" (9.5mm) 30 Mesh
† Rotary Spray Gun: Series 431 shall be applied to the interior surfaces of pipe or fittings using a rotary coater pistol spray gun. Spray-Quip (Houston, TX), Model 712-216, or similar rotary lance, to produce a monolithic and level film.

Contact Tnemec Technical Services for additional information.

Note: Pump assembly should include a moisture trap and oiler, air regulator with gauge and fluid outlet drain valve and outfitted with a gravity fed material hopper (material will not feed through a suction tube).

Brush: Recommended for bell sockets, spigot ends, and small repairs.

SURFACE TEMPERATURE Minimum of 50°F (10°C) Maximum of 130°F (54°C).

The surface temperature should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. The coating will not cure properly below minimum surface temperature.

HOLIDAY TESTING High Voltage Discontinuity (spark) testing shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 5162, 100 to 125 V/mil voltage setting.

CLEANUP Flush and clean all equipment immediately after use with Tnemec's No. 4 Thinner or MEK.

PRODUCT DATA SHEET
PERMA-SHIELD ® PL | SERIES 431
WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLER'S LIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc. THE

WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. The buyer's sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in the event a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and the exclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHER REMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT

LIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS) SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER. Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating and proper coating application procedures. Test performance results were obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accurately represent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, due care should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating.

Tnemec Company Incorporated 6800 Corporate Drive Kansas City, Missouri 64120-1372 1-800-TNEMEC1 Fax: 1-816-483-3969 www.tnemec.com PDS431 Page 2 of 2

8.a
Packet Pg. 899 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 900 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 901 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 902 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 903 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 904 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 905 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 906 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 907 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 908 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 909 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 910 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 911 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 912 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 913 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 914 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 915 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 916 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 917 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 918 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 919 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) BA
R
SCREEN
M
FL
OW
G
E
TA
NK
E
F
F
L
U
E
CL
A
RIF
ATION
D
E
N
T
T
RATI
RIG
AT

AERATION

SETTLING
BASIN

FLOCCULA

CHLORINATION
www.valmatic.com
GRIT
CH
AMBE
R
SL
U
DGE
WELL
PRIMAR
Y

SETTLING
Proven DesignPreferred FeaturesAdvanced Technology
DE
CLMeets AWWA C517 ORINATIO
N IR
R
NSF/ANSI 372 Certified
Cam-Centric
®
Plug Valves
Bulletin 5000

8.a
Packet Pg. 920
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Seat is Offset
from Center Line
of the Shaft
Center Line
of Plug Shaft
2 A. Non-Clog Design
The unrestricted flow area combined with smooth streamline contouring allows passage of large solids to prevent potential clogging
and provide low headloss.

B. Eccentric Action
Provides positive shut off with wear
resistant action and low torque.

C. Full Top Access Cover
Provides accessibility for inspection
without removal of the valve from
the line.

D. Friction Collar with
Memory Stop
Secures valve plug in any position
and includes a nylon bearing for
ease of operation.

E. V-Type Packing
Field adjustable and replaceable
without removal of worm gear or
motor actuators.

F. Removable POP™
Shims
Packing Overload Protection Shims
protect packing by preventing overload during field adjustment.

G. Radial Bearings
Heavy Duty, T316 Stainless Steel,
Permanently Lubricated.

H. Thrust Bearing
Upper: PTFE - Provides ease of actuation during operating conditions.

Lower: Stainless Steel - Prevents
wear to plug and Grit-Guard.

I. Grit-Guard™ Shaft
Seal
The Val-Matic Exclusive Grit-Guard™
shaft seal extends packing and bearing life by minimizing contact with abrasive line media.

J. Seat
Welded overlay of 95% pure nickel
applied directly to the body using a
state-of-the-art robotic welding system for a consistent, high quality weld. Machined and ground to a
smooth finish.

K. Plug
Fully rubber encapsulated molded
plug eliminates exposed surfaces
preventing corrosion and delamination.

Grit Seal Thrust
Bearing
Radial Bearing
A
E
F
H
I
J
K
B D
C
I
G
Feature Highlights
Open
Memory
Stop
Closed
Stop
Nylon
Bearing
Friction
Adjustment
H
Eccentric Action Friction Collar
Lower Bearing
Journal
G

8.a
Packet Pg. 921 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Proven Design
With installations worldwide, the Val-Matic CamCentric® Plug Valve has proven itself as the preferred valve for wastewater, industrial waste and process
applications. The Cam-Centric® Plug Valve is a ¼ turn
eccentric plug valve allowing cost effective, low torque actuation for pump control, shut-off and throttling
service. The valve’s eccentric action rotates the plug in and out of the seated position with minimal contact,
thereby preventing high torque and wear to the valve
seat and plug. The combination of the eccentric action, stainless steel bearings, Grit-Guard™ seals and heavy
duty nickel seat assures long life with minimal maintenance.

Preferred Features
The Cam-Centric® Plug Valve features a shaft sealing
system that utilizes V-Type packing, a packing follower and a Grit-Guard™ seal for ease of maintenance and
to reduce wear. The Grit-Guard™ seals reduce wear by
preventing grit and media from reaching the bearings
and packing to prevent plug lock up. The seals are
standard in both the upper and lower journals (Figures
1 & 2). To prevent the packing from being over tightened, the shaft seal incorporates POP™ (Packing Overload Protection) Shims. The packing is easily
adjusted by removing the POP™ shims as necessary utilizing the pull tab feature (Figure 1). Adjustment or replacement of the V-Type packing can be done without removal of the gear, motor or cylinder actuator.

The Cam-Centric® bearing package consists of permanently lubricated, T316 stainless steel radial bearings in both the upper and lower journals. The upper thrust
bearing is made of Teflon and the lower thrust
bearing is T316 stainless steel. The bearings
are protected from grit related wear by the GritGuard™ seals (Figures 1 & 2).

The Cam-Centric® Plug Valve utilizes a totally encapsulated molded plug to protect exposure to corrosion and delamination in severe abrasive applications.

The valve seat is a welded overlay of 95% pure nickel
applied directly to the body on a machined surface
using a state-of-the-art robotic welding system for a
consistent, high quality weld (Figure 3).

Advanced Technology
Incorporating the latest in valve technology assures a
high-quality valve that will provide long service. The
design process utilized solid Modeling and Finite
Element Analysis (FEA) of the key structural components. Flow and torque data was derived from flow tests, mathematical models and Computational Fluid
Dynamics (CFD). Manufacturing technology uses automated process control in the foundry and ISO 9001 controlled manufacturing processes. Every valve is
tested in accordance with AWWA C517 and MSS SP108 on automated hydraulic test rigs with gauges calibrated per ISO standards. 3 Feature Benefits
GLAND

FOLLOWER
GRIT-GUARD™
V-TYPE

PACKING
THRUST

BEARING
RADIAL

BEARING
POP™

SHIMS WITH

PULL TABS
Figure 1. Upper Bearing Journal
Figure 3. Robotic welding of nickel seat
Grit-Guard Thrust
Bearing
Radial Bearing
Figure 2. Lower Bearing Journal

8.a
Packet Pg. 922 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) The Cam-Centric® Plug Valve is available with a wide
range of actuation options, from simple lever operation to advanced pump control systems. Options include 2" operator nuts, worm gears, chainwheels,
electric motor and cylinder actuation. A wide variety
of accessories such as floor stands and extended bonnets are also available (see accessories on page 7). ValMatic Engineering personnel work closely with cylinder and electric actuation manufacturers to assure actuator/valve compatibility. This assures the actuator you specify will deliver the performance you expect
when utilized with a Cam-Centric® Plug Valve.
4 Actuation
Direct Nut operated valve with memory stop:

Val-Matic Cylinder Actuation: Electric Actuation:
• Adjustable open memory stop for system balancing
• Adjustable close stop
• Adjustable friction collar
• For use with lever accessories
Val-Matic Worm Gears:
• Heavy Duty, totally enclosed and sealed
• For above ground and buried service applications
• Bronze radial bearings and roller thrust bearings
provide smooth operations and extended life
• Compliance with AWWA C541 for Power Actuation
• Pneumatic/Hydraulic
• Single Acting or Double Acting
• Fail Open/Closed for power failure
• Modulating Service
• Throttling Service
• Limit Switches, Solenoid Valves, Positioners
• Manual Overrides
• Pump Control
• 110 Single Phase, 230/460 Three Phase
• Compliance with AWWA C542 for Power Actuation
• Modulating Service
• Throttling Service
• Remote push button control and indication
• Torque Switches, Limit Switches
• De-clutchable handwheels
• Available from a wide variety of manufacturers

8.a
Packet Pg. 923 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Worm Gear Features
Val-Matic Worm Gear
A valve actuator must perform to
the same level as the valve. The ValMatic worm gear is designed and built to provide the same long term
service as our Cam-Centric® Plug
Valve. The exclusive bearing package in the worm gear includes four bronze sleeve bearings and two
roller thrust bearings. This exclusive
package assures smooth operation
and long life regardless of the
valve’s orientation or application.

The ductile iron segment gear coupled with the upper and lower bronze radial bearings exceed the
requirements of AWWA C517 for
strength and durability. All worm
gears are designed to exceed, a rim
pull of 200 pounds on handwheels
and input torques of 300 foot
pounds for operator nuts without
damage. Buried service worm gears
are grease packed, sealed and
include stainless steel shafts. Worm
gears can be provided with handwheels, chainwheels or 2” operator nuts.

A. Housing
Heavy duty, totally enclosed and
sealed.

B. Worm
Hardened steel for durability and
long life.

C. Radial Shaft Bearings
Bronze shaft bearings extend life
and provide ease of operation (rear
shaft bearing not visible).

D. Roller Thrust Bearings
Provides smooth operation and
extends life.

E. Segment Gear
Heavy duty ductile iron for high
strength. Provided with precision
bore and keyway for connection to
the valve shaft in multiple positions.

F. Segment Gear Radial
Bearings
Upper and lower bronze bearings
provide ease of operation and
extend life (lower bearing not visible).

G. Cover Gasket
Seals housing and prevents foreign
material from entering actuator
and prevents loss of grease.

H. Shaft Seal
Prevents foreign material from
entering the actuator.

I. External Stops
Both open and closed stops are
external and easily adjustable.

J. Position Indicator
Displays precise plug position on
above ground service.

A
B
C
D
I
F
G
H
E
J
5 8.a
Packet Pg. 924 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Ratings/Construction

PRESSURE RATINGS

MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION

MAXIMUM PRESSURE RATINGS
SERIES CONNECTION SIZE RANGE CWP (psig)
5400 ANSI Class 125 Flanged 4-Way 4”- 12” 175
5500 ANSI Class 125 Flanged 3-Way 4”- 12” 175
5600R ANSI Class 125 Flanged 100% Port 4”- 10” 175
12”- 48” 150
5700R AWWA C111 Mechanical Joint 100% Port 4”- 10” 175
12”- 48” 150
5800RTL ASME NPT Threaded 1/2”- 2” 175
5800R ANSI Class 125 Flanged 2”- 12” 175
14”- 54” 150
5800HP ANSI Class 125 Flanged High Pressure 3”- 24” 250 5900R AWWA C111 Mechanical Joint 3”- 12” 175
14”- 54” 150
5900HP AWWA C111 Mechanical Joint High Pressure 3”- 48” 250

COMPONENT STANDARD
Body (5600R, 5700R, 5800R, 5900R) Cast Iron ASTM A126, Class B Body (5400, 5500, 5800HP, 5900HP) Ductile Iron ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 Plug (5600R, 5700R, 5800R, 5900R) Cast Iron ASTM A126, Class B, Buna-N Encapsulated, ASTM D2000 Plug (5400, 5500, 5800HP, 5900HP) Ductile Iron ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12, Buna-N Encapsulated, ASTM D2000
Radial Shaft Bearings T316 Stainless Steel
Top Thrust Bearing Teflon
Bottom Thrust Bearing T316 Stainless Steel
Available Coatings Two-Part Epoxy, Fusion Bonded Epoxy, Glass Lining, Rubber Lining OPEN
Stem Guide Chainwheel

SEAT END
Extended Bonnet
Space limitations and application specifics often require special accessories. In addition to those shown below, Val-Matic offers a wide range of accessories to meet your application requirements.

OPEN
OPEN
Lever
Chainlever Floor Stand with
Extension Stem
Accessories
Ground Level
Position Indicator
7 “T” Wrench

8.a
Packet Pg. 925 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) 13 Flow Characteristics

PLUG POSITION (DEGREES FROM CLOSED POSITION )

PERCENT OF FULL OPEN CV
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
0 10
100
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90

BUTTERFLY
BALL
CAM-CENTRIC® PLUG

INHERENT PUMP CONTROL FLOW

CHARACTERISTICS
To control pressure surges and provide goodcontrollability, the flow characteristics of valves should be considered.

The graph at left shows the inherent flow
characteristics at a constant ΔP for various
valves.

The Plug Valve has an inherent flow characteristic similar to a ball valve. When installed in a pipeline, the plug valve will approximate
a linear flow characteristic because the piping
system pressure losses will shift the flow curve
to the left. A linear installed flow characteristic will help control surges and provide a wide range of controllability.

Installations
Cam-Centric® Plug Valve with worm
gear actuator and chainwheel 3-Way Cam-Centric® Plug Valves with worm gear actuators
Cam-Centric® Plug Valve with worm
gear actuator and extension stem Cam-Centric® Plug Valve with motor actuator
Cam-Centric® Plug Valve with
Val-Matic Swing-Flex®
Cam-Centric® Plug Valve with
worm gear actuator

8.a
Packet Pg. 926 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) 14 2-Way Specification
SCOPE

1.1 This specification covers the design, manufacture, and testing of 1/2 in. (15 mm) through 3 in. (80 mm) Threaded Eccentric Plug Valve, 2 ½ in. (60 mm)
through 60 in. (1500 mm) Eccentric Plug Valve, and 4
in. (100 mm) through 60 in. (1500 mm) 100% Port
Eccentric Plug Valve suitable for water or wastewater service with pressures up to 250 psig (1725 kPa).

1.2 Plug Valves shall be quarter-turn, non-lubricated with resilient encapsulated plug.

STANDARDS AND APPROVALS

2.1 2 ½ in. (60 mm) through 60 in. (1500 mm) plug valves shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with American Water Works Association Standard ANSI/AWWA C517.

2.2 All Plug Valves shall be certified Lead-Free in accor- dance with NSF/ANSI 372.

2.3 Manufacturer shall have a quality management sys- tem that is certified to ISO 9001 by an accredited, certifying body.

CONNECTIONS

3.1 Threaded valves shall have threaded NPT full size
inlets. The connection shall be hexagonal for a
wrench connection.

3.2 Flanged valves shall have flanges with drilling to ANSIB16.1, Class 125.

3.3 Mechanical Joint valves shall fully comply with
ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.

DESIGN

4.1 Threaded and all other valves under 4” (100mm)
shall have port areas of not less than 100% of pipe
area. Port areas on other sizes are 85% on 16” (400
mm) and smaller, 80% on 18”-24” (150 mm- 600
mm), and 75% on 30” (800 mm) and larger. 4.2 Threaded valve seat shall be a machined seating sur- face.

4.3 2 ½ in. (60 mm) through 60 in. (1500 mm) plug valves shall have a valve seat that is a welded overlay of 95% pure nickel applied directly to the body on a
pre-machined, cast seating surface and machined to
a smooth finish.

4.4 Threaded valves shall have shaft seals which consist of V-type lip seal in a fixed gland with a resilient Oring spring. 4.5 2 ½ in. (60 mm) through 60 in. (1500 mm) plug valves shall have shaft seals which consist of V-type packing in a fixed gland with an adjustable follower
designed to prevent over compression of the packing and to meet design parameter of the packing manufacturer. Removable POP™ shims shall be provided under the follower flanges to provide for adjustment and prevent over tightening. 4.6 Permanently lubricated, radial shaft bearings shall be supplied in the upper and lower bearing journals.

Thrust bearings shall be provided in the upper and
lower journal areas, except for threaded type which
only have upper thrust bearings. 4.7 Both the packing and bearings in the upper and lower journals shall be protected by a Grit-Guard™ “drip tight” Buna-N shaft seal located on the valve
shaft to minimize the entrance of grit into the bearing journal and shaft seal areas. 4.8 The threaded valve body shall have 1/8” NPT upstream and downsteam pressure ports.

MATERIALS

5.1 Valve bodies and covers shall be constructed of
ASTM A126 Class B cast iron for working pressures
up to 175 psig (1200 kPa) and ASTM A536 Grade 65-
45-12 for working pressures up to 250 psig (1725
kPa). The words “SEAT END” shall be cast on the
exterior of the body seat end. 5.2 Threaded valve plugs in sizes 1/2 in. (15 mm) through 3 in. (80 mm) shall be of one-piece construction and made of ASTM A126 Class B cast iron fully encapsulated with a resilient facing per ASTM
D2000-BG and ANSI/AWWA C517 requirements. 5.3 2 ½ in. (60 mm) through 60 in. (1500 mm) plugs shall be of one-piece construction and made of ASTM A126 Class B cast iron or ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12
ductile iron and fully encapsulated with resilient
facing per ASTM D2000-BG and ANSI/AWWA C517
requirements. 5.4 Threaded valves shall have radial shaft bearings con- structed of self-lubricating Type 316 stainless steel.

The top thrust bearing shall be Teflon. 5.5 2 ½ in. (60 mm) through 60 in. (1500 mm) plug valves shall have radial shaft bearings constructed of selflubricating Type 316 stainless steel. The top thrust bearing shall be Teflon. The bottom thrust bearing
shall be self-lubricating Type 316 stainless steel.

Cover bolts shall be corrosion resistant with zinc
plating.

ACTUATION

6.1 Threaded valves shall be equipped with a hand lever with a dial indicator and open memory stop. 6.2 Valves 2 ½ in. (60 mm) to 8 in. (200 mm) and 4 in. (100mm) to 6 in. (150 mm) 100% ported shall be
equipped with a 2 inch square nut for direct quarter
turn operation. The packing gland shall include a
friction collar and an open position memory stop.

The friction collar shall include a nylon sleeve to
provide friction without exerting pressure on the
valve packing. 6.3 When specified valves 4 in. (100 mm) and larger shall include a totally enclosed and sealed worm gear actuator with position indicator (above ground service only) and externally adjustable open and closed stops. The worm segment gear shall be ASTM A536
Grade 65-45-12 ductile iron with a precision bore
and keyway for connection to the valve shaft.

Bronze radial bearings shall be provided for the segment gear and worm shaft. Alloy steel roller thrust bearings shall be provided for the hardened worm. 6.4 All gear actuators shall be designed to withstand, without damage, a rim pull of 200 lb. on the hand wheel and an input torque or 300 ft-lbs. for nuts. 6.5 Buried service actuators shall be packed with grease and sealed for temporary submergence to 20 feet of water. Exposed worm shafts shall be stainless steel.

OPTIONS

7.1 When specified, the valve port area shall have not less than 100% of pipe area. 7.2 The interior and exterior of the valve shall be coated with an NSF/ANSI 61 approved fusion bonded epoxy. 7.3 The interior of the valve shall be coated with 8 mils SG-14 glass lining or 1/8” soft rubber lining.

MANUFACTURE

8.1 Manufacturer shall demonstrate a minimum of ten
(10) years’ experience in the manufacture of plug
valves. When requested, the manufacturer shall provide test certificates, dimensional drawings, parts list drawings and operation and maintenance manuals.

8.2 The exterior of the valve for above ground service shall be coated with a universal alkyd primer. Valve exterior for buried service shall be coated with an
epoxy coating. 8.3 Valve shall be marked with the Serial Number, Manufacturer, Size, Cold Working Pressure (CWP)
and the Direct and Reverse Actuator Pressure
Ratings on a corrosion resistant nameplate. 8.4 Plug Valves shall be Series # 5600R (100% Port Flanged), 5700R (100% Port Mechanical Joint), 5800RTL (Threaded), 5800R (Flanged), 5800HP
(Flanged), 5900R (Mechanical Joint) or 5900HP
(Mechanical Joint) as manufactured by Val-Matic
Valve and Mfg. Corporation, Elmhurst, IL. USA or
approved equal.

8.a
Packet Pg. 927 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) ST
OR
SU
R
G
E
R
PRIMAR
Y

SETTLING
C
ATIO
N

RINATION
OR
E
F
F
L
U
E
N
T
G
ATIO
RATI
ON
O
N
DE
C
L
O
GRIT
CH
AMBE
GE
CH
LO
R
RIN
ATIO
N
SL
UD
G
WE
LL
G
L
E
R
T ON
FL
OC
CULATI
O
AE
N
E
TT
G
BA
O

N TTLING
BA
R
SCREEN
Val-Matic’s quality of design and meticulousworkmanship has set the standards by whichall others are measured. Quality design features such as the AWWA Ener•G® Ball Valve with its energy efficient design, fusion bondedepoxy and adjustable resilient seating....CamCentric® Plug Valves have more requested features than any other eccentric plugvalve....American-BFV® Butterfly Valves include a field replaceable seat without theneed for special tools....Tilted Disc® Check Valves with high strength and wear resistantaluminum bronze trim as standard....SilentCheck Valves featuring combinedresilient/metal-to-metal seating and areNSF/ANSI 61 & 372 Certified....Sure SealFoot Valves provided with a heavy duty stainless steel screened inlet....Swing-Flex® and Surgebuster® Check Valves designed with
an unrestricted full flow area....Swing CheckValves with field adjustable closure versatility....Dual Disc® Check Valves utilizing stabilized components to provide extended life....Air Release, Air/Vacuum andCombination Air Valves provided standardwith Type 316 stainless steel trim....VaultSafe® family of products includes the FloodSafe®Inflow Preventer, FrostSafe® two-way damper and the VentSafe® vent pipe security cage. These features coupled with our attention to detail put Val-Matic Valves in aclass by themselves. All products are WQAcertified Lead-Free in accordance withNSF/ANSI 372.Val-Matic is totally committed to providing thehighest quality valves and outstanding serviceto our customers. Complete customer satisfaction is our goal.

Make the Change to Quality!
Specify
Val-Matic Valve and Manufacturing Corp.
905 Riverside Drive, Elmhurst, IL 60126
Phone: 630-941-7600 Fax: 630-941-8042
www.valmatic.com
[email protected]
Copyright © 2012 Val-Matic Valve & Mfg. Corp.

ISO 9001:2008 certified company 9/12

8.a
Packet Pg. 928
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) VALVE

SIZE A B C D E F
10 MODEL RATING, P.S.I.

NO.
4 G H J
12 100
175
175
175
K
12 4 12
100
175
175
175
7/8
7/8
180
90 270

OF VALVE
A
F
D
C
B
+_ 1/4
K
G
+_ 1/4
J
+_ 1/4

E NUMBER OF

TAPPED HOLES
PER FLANGE.

PLUG STOP

ADJUSTMENT
SCREWS
H
OPEN

13.00 14.00

14.25 17.00

16.00 19.00

1.00 1.25
E
7/8-9
7/8-9
E

1.25 1.25

10.44 12.25

16.25 17.68

4.75 4.75

19.00 20.44

7.88 7.88
20 20
4 175 175 0 5/ 8 9.00 7.50 9.00 0.75 5.56 9.31 4.75 11.19 9.00 12.5 8 6 175 175 4 3/ 8 10.50 9.50 11.00 0.75 4
3/4-10 1.25 7.06 11.06 4.75 12.94 9.00 12.5
8 175 4 3/ 8 4
175 11.50 11.75 13.50 0.88 3/4-10 1.25 8.75 12.62 4.75 14.50 9.00 12.5

REV DIR
3 175 175 2 5/ 4 8.00 6.00 7.50 0.75 4.50 7.78 4.75 9.66 9.00 12.5 8 5/8-11 0.75
5-15-97
BOLT
SIZE
NO. OF
BOLTS

COLD WORKING PRESSURE
175 P.S.I.

HYDRO TEST PRESSURE
265 P.S.I.

SEAT
END

STANDARD POSITION

UNLESS OTHERWISE
SPECIFIED. ACTUATOR

MOUNTING POSITIONS

OF ECCENTRIC

SEATING SURFACE

SEAT END
_+ 1/8
CL
VM-5804R/BWGA
ANSI CLASS 125 CAM-CENTRIC® FLANGED PLUG VALVE WITH BURIED WORM GEAR ACTUATOR 5806R/8A02
5808R/8A02
5810R/8C02
5810R/8D02
5812R/8C02
5812R/8D02
Revised 5-17-10
VALVE AND MANUFACTURING CORP.

DATE
DRWG. NO.

AL ATIC®
SEE DRAWING NO. VM-5804RN-M FOR STANDARD MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION.

QTY TAP DEEP
5803R/8A02
NO. OF
TURNS
CL
5804R/8A02

8.a
Packet Pg. 929 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) JRCAT14.01
® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR® PIPE PRODUCTS
HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000 www.starpipeproducts.com

Joint Restraint Products
No Special Tools
Required for Installation
StarFlange™ Series 3200 is a restrained adapter flange coupling device designed to connect plain end ductile iron pipe to a flanged pipe, valve or fitting. A ductile iron flange body provides the flange connection and includes an O-ring gasket that seals with the mating flange. The Stargrip® Series 3000 provides restraint for the plain end ductile iron pipe.

INFORMATION
• Provides flexibility to accommodate pipe misalignment • No special tools required for installation
• Fully restrained to pressure rating of pipe with a 2:1 safety factor • Pipe end does not need to be square cut.
• StarFlange™ body and Stargrip® are manufactured from high strength Ductile Iron per ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12. • Flange meets ANSI Class 125/150 and ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15 drill pattern. • MJ gasket and O-ring flange gasket are made from styrene butadiene rubber (SBR) per ANSI/AWWA C111/A-21.11. • T-bolts / nuts are produced from high strength low alloy steel per ANSI/AWWA C111/A-21.11 • Restraint wedges are heat-treated to minimum 370 BHN. • Includes Stargrip®, Flange Adapter, MJ Gasket, O-Ring gasket and low alloy steel T-bolts • StarFlange™ size 3"-12" are listed with Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and approved by Factory Mutual Research (FM). • Standard gland color is Coral Red (RAL 3016).
• May also be used on steel pipe* up to 12" (*transition gasket required on 12" and under). For 14" and larger steel applications, contact Star Pipe.

FEATURES & ADVANTAGES

SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS
Restrained adapter flange is to be used to connect plain end ductile iron pipe to a flanged pipe, valve or fitting. The device shall be manufactured of high strength ductile iron in accordance to ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 for all sizes. The restrainer portion of the device shall be of wedge type design with torque limiting bolts to insure proper engagement of the wedges.

Applicable dimensions shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.15, C110/A21.10 and C153/A21.53. Flange ends to meet ANSI Class 125/150 & ANSI/ AWWA C115/A21.15 drill pattern.

The restrained adapter flange shall have a maximum working pressure of 350 PSI for sizes 3"-16" and 250 PSI for sizes 18"–36". All sizes shall have a minimum safety factor of 2:1 (i.e. twice the maximum rating of the StarFlange™ Series 3200). Restrained flange adapter shall be Star® Pipe Products StarFlange™ Series 3200 or an approved equal.

StarFlange™ Series 3200 for Ductile Iron Pipe
Restrained Adapter Flange Coupling
for Ductile Iron Pipe
StarFlange™ series 3200

8.a
Packet Pg. 930 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) ® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR® PIPE PRODUCTS
HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000 www.starpipeproducts.com

Joint Restraint Products
JRCAT14.01
E
NOM.

SIZE
MAX

PRESSURE

RATING (PSI)

A A W/NUTS
TWISTED OFF B C D E 1
MAX. JOINT
DEFLECTION°
APPROX
WT.
(LBS)
3 350 9.85 8.45 7.50 4.06 3.88 2.13 5° 17
4 350 11.06 9.28 9.00 4.90 4.35 2.13 5° 23
6 350 13.06 11.38 11.00 7.00 5.25 2.50 5° 35
8 350 15.25 13.53 13.50 9.15 5.25 2.50 5° 47
10 350 17.25 15.58 16.00 11.20 5.62 2.50 3° 64
12 350 19.50 12.68 19.00 13.30 5.69 2.50 3° 87
14 350 21.25 19.82 21.00 15.44 6.67 3.00 2° 128
16 350 23.34 21.92 23.50 17.54 6.79 3.00 2° 152
18 250 26.40 24.84 25.00 19.64 7.40 3.00 1.5° 182
20 250 28.56 27.00 27.50 21.74 7.41 3.00 1.5° 204
24 250 33.86 32.30 32.00 25.94 7.90 3.00 1° 300
30 250 40.12 38.56 38.75 32.17 8.50 3.00 1° 520
36 250 46.42 44.86 46.00 38.47 9.00 3.00 1° 688
STARFLANGE™ 3200 SPECIFICATIONS*

TECHNICAL INFORMATION
*All dimensions in inches except where indicated.
1 - Deflection attained at minimum pipe insertion.

Adapter available separately.

Restrained Adapter Flange Coupling
for Ductile Iron Pipe
StarFlange™ series 3200

8.a
Packet Pg. 931 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) ® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR® PIPE PRODUCTS
HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000 www.starpipeproducts.com

JRCAT14.01
Joint Restraint Products
Check the StarFlange™ ensuring that no damage
has occurred or parts are missing. Make sure
that the O-ring gasket on the ����face of the
StarFlange™ is securely in place.

The pipe end must be thoroughly cleaned for
a distance of 2" greater than the length of the
StarFlange™ body. (see dimension "D")
Slide the Stargrip® Gland on the plain end of the
pipe making sure that the lip extension is towards
the mechanical joint bell of the StarFlange™. Do
not remove rubber washers prior to installation.

Washers have been provided for proper wedge
placement during shipment and installation.

Brush both the gasket and the plain end of the
pipe with soapy water or approved pipe lubricant,
which meets ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. Slide
the MJ gasket over the pipe with the beveled
edge towards the MJ bell of StarFlange™.

Slide the StarFlange™ on to the pipe with the
MJ bell towards the Stargrip® Gland. Pipe must
be inserted into the StarFlange™ a minimum of

2.125" on 3"-4", 2.500" on 6"-12" and 3.000" on
14"-36" to attain maximum deflection per table.

Position the pipe and ����end of StarFlange™
against the mating ����making sure that the
����bolt holes line-up. Assemble the ����
joint using ����bolts. Note: Flange bolts not
supplied with StarFlange™.

Center the pipe so that the space between the OD
of the pipe and the ID of the StarFlange™ is even
all around the pipe. Slide the MJ Gasket into the
MJ bell recess of the StarFlange™.

Slide the Stargrip® towards the StarFlange™ with
the Gland lip against the gasket. Insert T-bolts
and hand-tighten nuts.

Tighten the T-bolts to normal range of bolt
torque (see table below). It is necessary that
the gland be brought up toward the bell ����
evenly, maintaining approximately the same
distance between the gland and the face of the
����at all points around the socket. T-bolts
should be tightened alternately on opposite sides
(Star Pattern) (See Table A).

Hand tighten the torque limiting twist off nuts in
a clockwise direction until all wedges are in ���
contact with the pipe surface.

Continue tightening in an alternative manner
going on the opposite sides [Star Pattern], until
all of the nuts have been twisted off. Never turn
a single nut over 180 degrees without alternating
to another nut. If removal is necessary, utilize
the 5/8" hex head provided. [If reassembly is
required, assemble the joint in the same manner
as above and tighten the wedge bolts to 90 ft-lbs
on sizes 3"-20" and 120 ft-lbs on sizes 24"-36".
• Not to be used on plain end fittings or PVC or HDPE pipe. • If effective sealing is not attained at the maximum torque indicated, then the joint should be disassembled, thoroughly cleaned, and reassembled.

Overstressing the bolts to compensate for poor installation practice is not acceptable. • May also be used on steel pipe* up to 12" (*transition gasket required on 12" and under). For 14" and larger steel applications, contact Star Pipe. • Stargrips® must be adequately wrapped or protected if they are covered by concrete to ensure that concrete does not enter the wedge pocket. • For applications exceeding the maximum pressure ratings listed, please contact Star Pipe Products for recommendations. • For applications with vertical offsets please contact Star Pipe Products for technical assistance. • For applications on existing pipe, the surface of the pipe needs to be sufficient for proper wedge engagement. Please contact Star Pipe Products for technical assistance.
(TABLE A) T-HEAD BOLT & NUT DETAILS

PIPE SIZE
(IN)

BOLT SIZE
(IN)
RANGE1
OF

TORQUE (FT-LBS)
3 5/8 45-60
4-24 3/4 75-90
30-36 1 100-120
1 These torque ranges are requirements of AWWA C600
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS - SIZES 3"- 36"
STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3
STEP 4 STEP 5 STEP 6
Notes:

Restrained Adapter Flange Coupling
for Ductile Iron Pipe
StarFlange™ series 3200

8.a
Packet Pg. 932 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) ® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR
® PIPE PRODUCTS
HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000 www.starpipeproducts.com

NOTES: 8.a
Packet Pg. 933 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) REV.11-1
® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR® PIPE PRODUCTS
HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000 www.starpipeproducts.com

Joint Restraint Submittal Form
• Each StarFlex™ is coated inside and outside with 15 mils of Fusion Bonded Epoxy that is NSF compliant. • Each ball on the StarFlex™ can deflect a minimum of 20 degrees for 3"-10", 18 degrees for 12", 15 degrees for 14"-24", 14 degrees for 30", 13.5 degrees for 36" and 13 degrees for 42"-48". • Every unit is pressurized and cycled while maintaining 350 PSI on sizes 3" - 24", 250 PSI on sizes 30" and above. • Each unit is shipped in a cradle at its preset position, but can be adjusted to the desired dimension in the field. • All sizes have external EPDM rubber boots to prevent debris from entering the sealing areas. • Pressure seals are EPDM. Maximum operating temperature is 175° F. • The StarFlex™ may be used on ductile iron, steel, HDPE or PVC pipe. • Flanged outlets are dimensioned according to ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.11 which is also equal to ASME B16.1 Class 125 & ASME B16.5 Class 150 without a raised face.
• NSF61 Approved Fusion Bonded Epoxy coating is used in wetted areas.

FEATURES & ADVANTAGES
Double-Ball Flexible Expansion Joint
for the Protection of Water Wastewater, and Industrial Pipelines StarFlex®series 5000
StarFlex® Series 5000 for DI, Steel or PVC
Note: Starflex™ series 5000 and 5100 flexible expansion joints are designed to expand when internally pressurized. End thrust generated from expansion of the Starflex™ under internal pressure must be accommodated in the piping system design. • All cast components are made entirely of Ductile Iron per ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 • All fasteners are Type 304 Stainless Steel.

MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS:

MEMBER

SUBMITTAL INFORMATION
PROJECT NAME:

ENGINEER:

CONTRACTOR:

SPEC. SECTION:

Flange Outlets
dimensioned according
to ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.11
Exterior EPDM rubber boot
to prevent debris from
entering sealing area
Stop Collar
Fully Restrained
A specially
designed EPDM
gasket with three
O-Ring Seals
Up to 20˚ maximum
Delection for
each Ball Joint
depending on size. Push-on style EPDM
gasket for extension
Type 304
stainless steel
hardware
15 mils of coating
on all exterior and
interior surfaces

8.a
Packet Pg. 934 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) ® REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF STAR PIPE PRODUCTS
STAR® PIPE PRODUCTS
HOUSTON CORPORATE TOLL FREE 1-800-999-3009 FAX 281-558-9000 www.starpipeproducts.com

REV.11-1
Joint Restraint Products
Double-Ball Flexible Expansion Joint
for the Protection of Water, Wastewater, and Industrial Pipelines StarFlex®series 5000
STARFLEX® 5000 SPECIFICATIONS*
NOM. SIZE
F A
(OD) B
EXPANSION1
CD

E (OFF SET)
APPROX WT.

Min Max (LBS)
3 20° 9.69 5.31 2 /-2 29.52 18.90 5.78 7.15 109
20° 9.69 5.31 4 /-4 39.37 28.75 8.46 11.20 132
4 20° 10.87 5.91 2 /-2 32.28 20.46 6.31 7.68 141
20° 10.87 5.91 4 /-4 42.13 30.31 9.00 11.73 173
20° 10.87 5.91 6 /-6 51.97 40.15 11.68 15.78 196
20° 10.87 5.91 8 /-8 61.82 50.00 14.36 19.84 219
6 20° 13.11 5.91 2 /-2 33.46 21.64 6.72 8.09 202
20° 13.11 5.91 4 /-4 43.70 31.88 9.54 12.27 256
20° 13.11 5.91 6 /-6 53.54 41.72 12.22 16.32 290
20° 13.11 5.91 8 /-8 63.39 51.57 14.90 20.37 323
20° 13.11 5.91 12 /-12 83.07 71.25 20.26 28.47 402
8 20° 15.31 6.3 2 /-2 35.83 23.23 7.26 8.63 273
20° 15.31 6.3 4 /-4 45.67 33.07 9.94 12.68 342
20° 15.31 6.3 6 /-6 55.51 42.91 12.62 16.73 386
20° 15.31 6.3 8 /-8 65.36 52.76 15.31 20.78 430
20° 15.31 6.3 12 /-12 85.04 72.44 20.67 28.88 518
10 20° 17.32 6.69 2 /-2 37.79 24.41 7.66 9.03 331
20° 17.32 6.69 4 /-4 47.24 33.86 10.21 12.95 428
20° 17.32 6.69 6 /-6 57.09 43.71 12.90 17.00 483
20° 17.32 6.69 8 /-8 66.93 53.55 15.58 21.05 536
20° 17.32 6.69 12 /-12 86.61 73.23 20.94 29.15 659
12 18° 19.76 7.87 2 /-2 41.34 25.60 7.29 8.53 463
18° 19.76 7.87 4 /-4 52.36 36.62 10.08 12.55 575
18° 19.76 7.87 6 /-6 62.20 46.46 12.50 16.21 639
18° 19.76 7.87 8 /-8 72.05 56.31 14.93 19.87 703
18° 19.76 7.87 12 /-12 91.73 75.99 19.77 27.19 849
14 15° 22.56 9.06 4 /-4 55.51 37.39 8.64 10.71 839
15° 22.56 9.06 6 /-6 65.75 47.63 10.77 13.88 998
15° 22.56 9.06 8 /-8 75.59 57.47 12.80 16.94 1095
15° 22.56 9.06 12 /-12 108.27 90.15 20.23 26.44 1288
16 15° 24.69 9.45 4 /-4 57.09 38.19 8.85 10.92 969
15° 24.69 9.45 6 /-6 66.93 48.03 10.88 13.98 1148
15° 24.69 9.45 8 /-8 79.92 61.02 13.72 17.86 1258
15° 24.69 9.45 12 /-12 99.61 80.71 17.78 24.00 1507
18 15° 26.81 10.24 4 /-4 59.45 38.97 9.05 11.12 1080
15° 26.81 10.24 6 /-6 69.69 49.21 11.18 14.29 1305
15° 26.81 10.24 8 /-8 81.50 61.02 13.72 17.86 1430
15° 26.81 10.24 12 /-12 110.63 90.15 20.23 26.44 1761
20 15° 28.94 11.02 4 /-4 61.81 39.77 9.26 11.33 1251
15° 28.94 11.02 6 /-6 72.05 50.01 11.39 14.50 1538
15° 28.94 11.02 8 /-8 83.07 61.03 13.73 17.87 1686
15° 28.94 11.02 12 /-12 112.20 90.16 20.23 26.44 1980
24 15° 33.15 11.42 4 /-4 63.78 40.94 9.56 11.63 1672
15° 33.15 11.42 6 /-6 74.02 51.18 11.69 14.80 2029
15° 33.15 11.42 8 /-8 88.19 65.35 14.84 18.98 2216
15° 33.15 11.42 12 /-12 119.69 96.85 21.96 28.17 2606
30 14° 44.49 15.16 6 /-6 90.75 60.43 13.17 16.07 4291
14° 44.49 15.16 12 /-12 120.28 89.96 18.86 24.67 5060
36 13.5° 50.51 16.54 6 /-6 95.87 62.79 13.26 16.06 5437

13.5° 50.51 16.54 12 /-12 137.40 104.32 21.55 27.15 6633 48 13° 64.49 19.02 6 /-6 107.72 69.68 14.32 17.02 9049 13° 64.49 19.02 12 /-12 142.36 104.32 20.77 26.17 10536 Please
check sizes:
*All dimensions in inches except where indicated.
*Dimensions "C" & "D" are factory set position.
1 For units of expansion that are not listed, please
contact your Star® Pipe representative.

C
B D B
A
E
F

DEFLECTION
F

DEFLECTION
D
C
B D B
A
E
F

DEFLECTION
F

DEFLECTION
D

8.a
Packet Pg. 935 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

6.06 ODOR CONTROL
This section contains information pertaining to the odor control system.

This section is structured as follows:

6.06.1 ODOR CONTROL SUBMITTAL

8.a
Packet Pg. 936 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Phone: (952) 927-9215
Fax: (952) 927-9224
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.synecosystems.com
FORM 550-NG (Page 1 of 4)
© 1994-2012 Syneco Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
2/18/2012

AN ADVANCEMENT IN ODOR CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
TM
PEACEMAKER Dry Air Scrubbers provide two stage chemistry for the control of odors from hydrogen sulfide (H S), mercaptans, ammonia, amines and other odors generated in wastewater 2 collection and treatment systems. They are easy to use, effective and economic.

Lift Stations
Headworks
Grit Rooms
Sludge Processing
In what follows, when we say “odor” we mostly mean H S. We know there are other reduced-sulfur 2 and nitrogen-based compounds involved and we have planned for them, but H S is the main culprit 2 and is most important in discussion and design.

OUR DESIGN PRINCIPLE.....SIMPLICITY
"The Best Solution Should be the Simplest, but Not Simpler." — Albert Einstein Often it is the simplest solution that works the best. Complexity is the enemy of effective, long-term odor control. Too much fussing, too many bells and whistles spell trouble. Peacemaker scrubbers are one or two vessel fixed-bed systems, containing two stages of media.

There is one moving part, a blower. Only one thing can happen - foul air goes in, clean air comes out.

There are no chemicals to add and there is no maintenance to do for the service life of the scrubber.

When your Peacemaker does need attention, the entire scrubber is replaced or the media is replaced, depending upon the size of the scrubber and whether you choose to lease, buy or a service contract (more on this later).

But no matter how simple and easy, odor control solutions must be effective to be worthwhile.

8.a
Packet Pg. 937 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Phone: (952) 927-9215
Fax: (952) 927-9224
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.synecosystems.com
FORM 550-NG (Page 2 of 4)
© 1994-2012 Syneco Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
2/18/2012

PEACEMAKER SCRUBBERS GET THE JOB DONE
TM
STAGE ONE - PERSNICKETY© HS
CONVERTING© MEDIA2
Converting technology uses a
patented polymeric amine,
formulated for maximum removal of
H2S and volatile mercaptans. The
combination of multiple amine sites
and organophilic properties allows
for fast, efficient removal of these
problematic compounds. This
chemistry reacts with H2S and
mercaptans to form water-soluble
and non-volatile poly sulfides that
are readily biodegradable. In simple
words, gaseous H2S is turned into a
stable liquid polymer. All of our
scrubber systems are designed to
achieve a minimum H2S reduction of
99% through the Stage 1
media bed.

STAGE TWO - PERSNICKETY©
POLISHING© MEDIA
Activated carbon does a very efficient job of scrubbing low levels of H2S and other malodors. 99% of the H2S and the majority of volatile mercaptans, organic amines and organic sulfurs are removed in the converting bed. With that being accomplished, the polishing bed will easily remove the remaining low level malodors. This results in complete and economic odor control.

IMPORTANT NOTE: To insure maximum service life of the scrubber's media, and to protect the scrubber vessel from potential damage, DO NOT PLACE SCRUBBER IN DIRECT SUNLIGHT. If a shaded area is not available, erect a sunscreen. They are inexpensive. Syneco Systems will be happy to quote you on the price of such a screen.

8.a
Packet Pg. 938 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Phone: (952) 927-9215
Fax: (952) 927-9224
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.synecosystems.com
FORM 550-NG (Page 3 of 4)
© 1994-2012 Syneco Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
2/18/2012

CORROSION CONTROL
IT ISN’T ALWAYS JUST ABOUT ODOR
Corrosion control is a substantial secondary benefit, and in some cases it is primary. H2S accumulates in enclosed spaces. Turbulence releases it to atmosphere, but Henry’s Law is in play, too. It is not unusual to find several hundred ppm of H2S in enclosed spaces. It eventually forms sulfuric acid, a highly corrosive compound. In most cases, H2S cannot simply be exhausted into a neighborhood. But when it is continuously drawn off and scrubbed, corrosion commonly reduces by ninety percent or more, and complaints stay in check.

TM

SIZING PEACEMAKER SCRUBBERS
THERE ARE TWO ESSENTIAL QUESTIONS TO BE ANSWERED.

How much airflow is required? Benefits accrue from moving only enough air to maintain a slight negative pressure. This will prevent fugitive malodors and provide the best economics. Higher-than- necessary airflow increases static pressure through the media bed and reduces residence time. A larger scrubber may be needed and cost would increase.

To calculate optimum airflow we must determine the potential for air displacement (e.g. gpm pumped into a wet well). Of course, if there is an air exchange requirement for confined space entry or a need for higher airflow for any other
reasons, it can be accommodated.

How much H2S is in that air? This can be a difficult
question to answer. It can be influenced by time of day, time of year, residence time, measuring techniques and numerous additional factors. Truth is it is hard to escape applying some judgment in making this determination. Experience helps, of course, but Peacemaker systems have built-in flexibility and scalability, which helps, too. Ultimately, the formula is simple: cfm airflow x ppm H2S = quantity of media required.

This is an important process, and we need to work together. We start with a review of Form No. 550A-NG, “Information Required for Sizing PEACEMAKER™ H2S Converting/Polishing Dry Air Scrubbers”.

AVAILABLE SIZES When we have determined the quantity of media required, we simply match that need to the correct vessel size and add the right fan to provide desired airflow at the existing static pressure.

8.a
Packet Pg. 939 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Phone: (952) 927-9215
Fax: (952) 927-9224
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.synecosystems.com
FORM 550-NG (Page 4 of 4)
© 1994-2012 Syneco Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
2/18/2012
LEASE, BUY OR SERVICE CONTRACT? YOUR CHOICE!
LEASE The length of “term” for most PEACEMAKER™ leases is one to three years. At the end of term, we provide a new scrubber, if you wish, and you return the old one to us, freight collect. If conditions change from one term to the next, we can change the new scrubber to match the new conditions. You will never be stuck with out-grown and useless equipment. In addition, our lease agreement is like our scrubbers – simple and straightforward.

BUY If your PEACEMAKER™ needs to come from a capital budget, this is obviously the way to go. It will still be a great value. Lease or buy, labor and maintenance costs will be minimal. There just is not much to do once the scrubber is up and running besides enjoying the nice clean air and the very quiet phone.

SERVICE CONTRACT The length of "term" for most PEACEMAKER™ service contracts is three to five years. With a service contract, H2S loadings and CFM would have to be well documented and we would guarantee the life of the scrubber system for the life of the service contract based on those levels.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
FORM NO.
• 550C-NG -- PEACEMAKER™ H2S Converting/Polishing Blower Specifications Summary • 550E-NG -- PEACEMAKER™ H2S Converting/Polishing Standard Scrubber Models Specifications
• 550A-NG – Information Required for Sizing PEACEMAKER™ H2S Converting/Polishing Dry Air Scrubbers
The same media technology is used in other devices for odor control:

FORM NO.
• 575-NG - PEACEMAKER
TM Odor Control Manhole Inserts
Limited Warranty: Our only obligation shall be to replace or pay for any material proved defective.

Beyond the purchase price of materials supplied by us, we assume no liability for damages of any kind and the user accepts the product "as is" and without warranties, expressed or implied. The suitability of the product for an intended use shall be solely up to the user.

8.a
Packet Pg. 940 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Syneco System s, I nc.

Tele: 952-927-9215
Fax: 952-927-9224
E-m ail:
[email protected]
FORM NO. 5 5 0 E– NG
PEACEMAKER™ H2S CONVERTI NG/ POLI SHI NG STANDARD SCRUBBER MODELS PHYSI CAL SPECI FI CATI ONS

SUMMARY
MODELS 2x2 2.5x2.5 3x3 4x4 5x5 6x6 8x5 10x5
Vessel (Black HDPE) 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9
Cover (Black ABS) 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" Influent Coupling (Foul air
intake) 2" 4" 4" 4" 6" 8" 8" 12"
Lower air diffuser (perforated
ABS) 3/16" 3/16" 3/16" 1/4"
Lower air diffuser (perforated
HDPE) 3/16" HDPE With coated steel support system
For total height, see Blower Specifications Form No. 550C-NG, for height of recommended blower and add to height of scrubber Height 33-3/4" 39-3/4" 46-1/2" 55-1/2" 64-1/2" 74-1/2" 71-1/2" 72-1/4" Diameter 24" 30" 36" 48" 61" 73" 96" 120"
Media (maximum) 5 Cu-Ft 10 Cu-Ft 18 Cu-Ft 45 Cu-Ft 76 Cu-Ft 122 Cu-Ft 198 Cu-Ft 268 Cu-Ft Foot Print 24"x36" 36"x36" 37"x43" 48"X54" 61"X67" 73"X79" 96"x102" 120"x126" Fan AO-70 AO-70 VBL5 VBL6 VBW6 VBW6 VBL9 NY Blower
Charged Weight 325 lbs. 600 lbs. 1,035 lbs. 2,435 lbs. 4,315 lbs. 7,020 lbs. 11,305 lbs. 15,305 lbs.

Airflow (maximum) 30 CFM 60 CFM 100 CFM 270 CFM 450 CFM 750 CFM 1100 CFM 1800 CFM Scrubber Size is determined by PPM of H2S and CFM
Storage and Use: Store and use away from acids and reducing agents. Do not add any chemicals to the scrubber other than those recommended by the manufacturer.

Individual Specification Sheets are available on each model. Drawings below are representative. See Specifications for actual dimensions. Passive (no fan) units are available, and are used mainly on air relief valves. Syneco Systems reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice. In no case shall such changes have an adverse effect on the performance of the product.

Syneco Systems, Inc. - Odor Control Made Easy! Page1 of 2

8.a
Packet Pg. 941 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) © 1994- 2012 Syneco System s, Inc. All Rights Reserved. 2/17/2012
Lim ited W arranty: Our only obligation shall be to replace or pay for any m aterial proved defective. Beyond the purchase price of m aterials supplied by us, we assum e no liability for dam ages of any kind and the user accepts the product "as is" and without warranties, expressed or im plied. The suitability of the product for an intended use shall be solely up to the user.

Syneco Systems, Inc. - Odor Control Made Easy! Page2 of 2

8.a
Packet Pg. 942 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Syneco System s, I nc.

Tele: 952-927-9215
Fax: 952-927-9224
E-m ail: sales@synecosystem s.com
FORM NO. 5 5 1 - 3 X3 - NG
SPECI FI CATI ONS PEACEMAKER™ 3 X3 SERI ES SCRUBBERS
BLOW ER See FORM NO. 550C-NG "PEACEMAKER™ H2S

CONVERTI NG/ POLI SHI NG STANDARD BLOWER
SPECI FI CATI ONS SUMMARY" for details.

PHYSI CAL
Vessels 1.9 SP Black HDPE
Cover 3/ 16" Black ABS Plastic
I nfluent Coupling (Foul Air I ntake) 4"
Lower air diffuser Molded 1/ 4" ABS Plastic
Height 47" (w/ o blower)
Diam eter 36"
Media (m axim um ) 18 Cu-Ft
Foot Print 36"x42"
Charged Weight 1,035 lbs.

Airflow (m axim um ) 100 CFM
Fan (m axim um ) VBL-5

MI SCELLANEOUS
Storage/ Use Rem ove shipping bag im m ediately upon receipt.

Store and use away from acids and reducing
agents. Do not add any chem icals to the
scrubber other than those recom m ended by the
m anufacturer.

Syneco System s reserves the right to change
specifications without prior notice. I n no case will such changes have an adverse effect on the perform ance of
the product.
© 1994- 2012 Syneco System s, I nc. All Rights Reserved.

8.a
Packet Pg. 943 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Syneco System s, I nc.

Tele: 952-927-9215
Fax: 952-927-9224
E-m ail: sales@synecosystem s.com
FORM NO. 5 5 0 C- NG
PEACEMAKER™ H2S CONVERTI NG/ POLI SHI NG STANDARD BLOW ER

SPECI FI CATI ONS SUMMARY
BLOWER
MODEL RPM WC @ CFM VOLTS Hz PHASE HP AMPS kW HEIGHT

TOP MOUNTED
AO 70 3200 1.0 @ 60 115 60 1 0.033 1.3 0.12 8"
VBL 5 3540 1.4 @ 100 115 / 230 60 1 0.75 / .5 7.4 / 3.7 .55 / .37 11.5" VBL 6 3420 2.2 @ 200 115 / 230 60 1 0.75 / .5 7.4 / 3.7 .55 / .37 11.5" VBW 6 3540 2.5 @ 600 115 / 230 60 1 1.5 / .8 13.6 / 7.3 1.1 / .6 16.5" VBL 9 3400 5.7 @ 1100 250 / 440 60 3 3.4 / 2.9 7.8 / 4.5 2.4 / 2.2 19.5" VBW 9 3540 2.0 @ 1400 250 / 440 60 3 3.4 / 2.9 7.8 / 4.5 2.5 / 2.2 19.5"

FLOOR MOUNTED
NY Blower 3600 5.0 @ 1800 230 / 460 60 3 3.00 7.4 / 3.7 1.38 25.5" NOTE: EXPLOSION PROOF m otors are available if required by your local FIRE REGULATI ONS.

I ndividual and m ore detailed inform ation on each blower m odel listed above can be found in our m anuals.

Lim ited W arranty:

Our only obligation shall be to replace or pay for any m aterial proved defective. Beyond the purchase price of m aterials supplied by us, we assum e no liability for dam ages of any kind and the user accepts the product "as is" and without warranties, expressed or im plied. The suitability of the product for an intended use shall be solely up to the user. © 1994- 2012 Syneco System s, I nc. All Rights Reserved.

8.a
Packet Pg. 944 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Syneco Systems, Inc.
7945 Stone Creek Drive #50
Chanhassen, MN 55317
Tele: 952-927-9215
Fax: 952-927-9224
E-mail: [email protected]

8.a
Packet Pg. 945 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) PEACEMAKERTM SCRUBBER MODEL: 3x3 VBL-6 FAN
Side View
Syneco Systems, Inc. 80 West 78
th
Street, Suite 133
Chanhassen, MN 55317 Tel: (952) 927-9215 Fax: (952) 927-9224 E-mail: [email protected] © 1994-2010 Syneco Systems, Inc.

8.a
Packet Pg. 946
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Syneco Systems, Inc.
80 West 78th Street, Suite 133
Chanhassen, MN 55317
Tele: 952-927-9215
Fax: 952-927-9224
E-mail: [email protected]
© 1994 - 2009 Syneco Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

FORM NO 554A
FORM NO. 554A

GATE VALVE
SIZE 2” 4”
A 1.25” 1.8”
B 2 3/8” 4 1/2”

8.a
Packet Pg. 947 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Syneco Systems, Inc.
80 West 78th Street, Suite 133
Chanhassen, MN 55317
Tele: 952-927-9215
Fax: 952-927-9224
E-mail: [email protected]
FORM NO. 553-NG
INSTALLATION & OPERATION OF THE PEACEMAKER™ H2S
SCRUBBER - (All Models)
Step 1. Do not remove the PEACEMAKER™ from the pallet. Place the entire assembly on a firm base.

Step 2. Remove and save the cap from the foul-air intake. Install gate valve/ blast gate if required, and connect into malodor source.

Step 3. Connect exhaust stack. (If scrubber is in an enclosed building, continue stack through wall or roof.)
Step 4. Install blower and connect it to the electrical power according to specifications and your local regulations. Switch on.

Step 5. Remove/save the plug from the condensate line and install a drain line.

DISCONNECT & RETURN
Step 1. Disconnect the power supply.

Step 2. Disconnect the PVC pipes leading to the scrubber and reinstall the intake cap and condensate plug that were removed during installation.

Step 3. To arrange for pick-up, call Syneco Systems, Inc. at 1-800-442-7575. © 1994-2011 Syneco Systems, Inc. All Rights
Reserved.

CONVERTING/POLISHING ODOR CONTROL DRY AIR
12/22/2011

8.a
Packet Pg. 948 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) © 1994- 2012 Syneco System s, I nc. All Rights Reserved.

Syneco System s, I nc.
80 West 78th Street, Suite 133
Chanhassen, MN 55317
Tele: 952-927-9215
Fax: 952-927-9224
E-m ail:
sales@synecosystem s.com
FORM NO. 5 0 2 - NG
PERSNI CKETY® BRAND H2S CONVERTI NG/ POLI SHI NG MEDI A FOR ODOR CONTROL USED I N PEACEMAKER™ SCRUBBERS AND MANHOLE I NSERTS PERSNI CKETY® H2S CONVERTI NG MEDI A
A patented m edia that uses a polym eric am ine, form ulated for m axim um rem oval of H2S and volatile m ercaptans. The com bination of m ultiple am ine sites and organophilic properties allows for fast, efficient rem oval of these problem atic com pounds. This chem istry reacts with H2S and m ercaptans to form water-soluble and non-volatile poly sulfides that are readily biodegradable. I n sim ple words, gaseous H2S is turned into a stable liquid polym er. All of our scrubber system s are designed to achieve a m inim um H2S reduction of 99% through the Stage 1 m edia bed.

PERSNI CKETY® POLI SHI NG MEDI A
Activated carbon does a very efficient job of scrubbing low levels of H2S and other m alodors. With 99% of the H2S volatile m ercaptans, organic am ines and organic sulfurs being rem oved in the converter bed, the polishing bed will easily rem ove the rem aining low levels of m alodor. This results in com plete and econom ic odor control.

PHYSI CAL DATA

CONVERTI NG POLI SHI NG
APPEARANCE Tan granules Black granules
MESH -3 to + 5, Tyler
W EI GHT LBS. / CU-FT 50 27
ODOR Slight Am ine None
PACKAGI NG 3-1/ 2 Gallon Pails, 30 Gallon Drum s, 55 Gallon Drum s and Bulk Bags.

SHELF LI FE Indefinite in Drum s and Pails.

STORAGE Store all m edia in a dry, protected area.

DI SPOSAL
Any disposal practice m ust be in com pliance with local, state and federal laws and regulations (contact local or state environm ental agency for specific rules).

Lim ited W arranty:

Our only obligation shall be to replace or pay for any m aterial proved defective. Beyond the purchase price of m aterials supplied by us, we assum e no liability for dam ages of any kind and the user accepts the product "as is" and without warranties, expressed or im plied. The suitability of the product for an intended use shall be solely up to the user.

8.a
Packet Pg. 949 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

6.07 WEIGHTS & LIFTING DEVICES

RECOMMENDED LIFTING METHOD
All concrete components are designed to be lifted and set in the excavated hole by use of the Romtec Utilities supplied anchors and ring clutches. The installation contractor shall excavate, place the base rock as specified by the SITE ENGINEER (not Romtec Utilities), provide a safe OSHA approved cave-in protection method (shoring) and a crane of adequate size to lift and set the heaviest piece. The excavation contractor and/or his subcontractor crane company must provide the appropriate lifting cables, straps or chains and connection devices to attach the cables to the crane and the ring clutches. All lifting cables, straps or chains must be long enough that when lifting the concrete components the lifting rigging does not put pressure on the upper concrete joint potentially breaking the concrete. The use of a spreader bar will greatly reduce the risk of the lifting rigging breaking the concrete upper joint. Refer to concrete production drawings for weights of individual components.

8.a
Packet Pg. 950 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

6.08 INSTALLATION DATA SHEETS
Note: installation data sheets illustrate general details that are applicable to the construction of this system. The data sheets are not specific to this system. Details shown in the example systems may not match the design of this project exactly. Please contact Romtec Utilities with any questions.

8.a
Packet Pg. 951 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) DRN BY
APR BY
DATE

CHK BY DATE
DATE

DWG NO REV
18240 NORTH BANK ROAD
ROSEBURG, OREGON 97470
541-496-3541
AM 04/10/13

DESCRIPTION

WET WELL BASE LEVELING

UNDISTURBED SOIL

COMPACTED BASE ROCK

AS REQUIRED & SPECIFIED

BY THE ENGINEER

COMPACTED BACK FILL

AS SPECIFIED BY THE

ENGINEER
NOTE: BASE MUST BE

LEVELED IN ALL DIRECTIONS

PRIOR TO STACKING
BARRELS.

ROMTEC

WET WELL ASSEMBLY

8.a
Packet Pg. 952 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) DRN BY
APR BY
DATE

CHK BY DATE
DATE

DWG NO REV
18240 NORTH BANK ROAD
ROSEBURG, OREGON 97470
541-496-3541
AM 09/23/08

DESCRIPTION

BARREL JOINT SEALS
1" X 1" CONSEAL FOR 6', 8' &10'
3/4" X 3/4" CONSEAL FOR 4' & 5'

TYLOX SUPER SEAL GASKET
(MAKE SURE GASKET IS

AGAINST SHOULDER)
BARREL
BARREL

TAPE COAT INSTALLED AT

EACH BARREL JOINT

SUPPLIED BY ROMTEC

UTILITIES INSTALLED

BY CONTRACTOR

ALIGNMENT MARKS AND

NUMBERS FOR MATCHING

THE BARRELS

TAPECOAT

TAPECOAT

8.a
Packet Pg. 953 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) DRN BY
APR BY
DATE

CHK BY DATE
DATE

DWG NO REV
18240 NORTH BANK ROAD
ROSEBURG, OREGON 97470
541-496-3541
AM 04/11/13

DESCRIPTION

GUIDE BAR MEASUREMENT

INTERMEDIATE

GUIDE BAR
BRACKET.

SEE DETAIL
PAGE

DISCHARGE PIPE

SEE INTERMEDIATE

GUIDE BAR BRACKET

DETAIL PAGE

DISCHARGE
ELBOW

DISCHARGE ELBOW

GUIDE POST

STAINLESS STEEL

GUIDE BARS

UPPER GUIDE BAR BRACKET

MEASURE DISTANCE FROM TOP

OF RUBBER CYLINDER ON UPPER

GUIDE BAR BRACKET TO THE BASE

OF THE GUIDE POST ON THE
DISCHARGE ELBOW.

IF THE DISTANCE IS OVER 20' AN

INTERMEDIATE GUIDE BAR
BRACKET SHOULD BE USED.

8.a
Packet Pg. 954 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) DRN BY
APR BY
DATE

CHK BY DATE
DATE

DWG NO REV
18240 NORTH BANK ROAD
ROSEBURG, OREGON 97470
541-496-3541
AM 09/11/08

DESCRIPTION

INTERMEDIATE GUIDE BAR BRACKET
1/2" SS U-BOLT

INTERMEDIATE GUIDE BAR BRACKET
1/2" SS FLAT WASHER
1/2-UNC SS NUT

DISCHARGE PIPE

INTERMEDIATE GUIDE BAR BRACKET

STAINLESS
STEEL

GUIDE BARS
NOTE: INTERMEDIATE GUIDE BAR

BRACKETS SHOULD BE PLACED AT A MAX
SPACING OF 20 FEET OR BETWEEN THE

DISCHARGE ELBOW AND THE UPPER
GUIDE BAR BRACKET AS SPECIFIED.

NOTE: USE ANTI-SIEZE LUBRICANT ON ALL
STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS AND NUTS.

8.a
Packet Pg. 955 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) DRN BY
APR BY
DATE

CHK BY DATE
DATE

DWG NO REV
18240 NORTH BANK ROAD
ROSEBURG, OREGON 97470
541-496-3541
AM 04/11/13

DESCRIPTION

DISCHARGE PIPE ASSEMBLY

MEASURE FROM

THE INSIDE SHOULDER

OF THE DISCHARGE

ELBOW TO THE BOTTOM

OF THE INSIDE DIAMETER

OF THE KOR-N-SEAL

PLUMB THE

DISCHARGE PIPES

IN BOTH DIRECTIONS

BEFORE TIGHTENING

DISCHARGE ELBOW

DISCHARGE ELBOW PUMPS

STAINLESS STEEL GUIDE BARS

INTERMEDIATE GUIDE BAR BRACKETS (IF REQD)

PIPE CLAMPS

DISCHARGE PIPE SUPPORT ASSEMBLY

8.a
Packet Pg. 956 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) DRN BY
APR BY
DATE

CHK BY DATE
DATE

DWG NO REV
18240 NORTH BANK ROAD
ROSEBURG, OREGON 97470
541-496-3541
AM 09/11/08

DESCRIPTION

DISCHARGE PIPE BRACKETS

UNISTRUT NUT

FLAT WASHER

LOCK WASHER
BOLT
3/8-UNC SS NUT
3/8-UNC X 1" SS BOLT
1/2-UNC NYLOCK NUT
1/2" FLAT WASHER
PIPE
CLAMP

UNISTRUT

DISCHARGE

PIPE BRACKET

DISCHARGE PIPE
NOTE: ADJUST DISCHARGE PIPE BRACKET
TO PLUMB DISCHARGE PIPE. PLUMB

DISCHARGE PIPE IN BOTH DIRECTIONS
BEFORE TIGHTENING ALL BOLTS.

ANGLE BRACKETS

PRE-INSTALLED

DRIVE ANCHORS

DISCHARGE
PIPING
NOTE: USE ANTI-SIEZE LUBRICANT ON ALL
STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS AND NUTS.

8.a
Packet Pg. 957 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) DRN BY
APR BY
DATE

CHK BY DATE
DATE

DWG NO REV
18240 NORTH BANK ROAD
ROSEBURG, OREGON 97470
541-496-3541
AM 4/12/13

DESCRIPTION

DEFLECTOR PANEL DETAIL
NOTE: USE ANTI-SIEZE LUBRICANT ON ALL
STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS AND NUTS.

CLEANOUT HOLE

IN DEFLECTOR PANEL

GUILLOTINE FOR

CLEANOUT HOLE

ACCESS (HDPE)

GUILLOTINE HANGER

BRACKET & CABLE ASSY

DEFLECTOR PANEL
(HDPE)

STAINLESS

STEEL DEFLECTOR

PANEL BRACKET
1/2" SS FLAT WASHER
1/2-UNC SS NYLOCK NUT
NOTE: IF DEFLECTOR PANEL IS LIMITED

TO ONE BARREL THE ASSEMBLY WILL BE
PRE-INSTALLED AT THE FACTORY.

STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE
EVERY OTHER SLOT LOCATION.

8.a
Packet Pg. 958 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) DRN BY
APR BY
DATE

CHK BY DATE
DATE

DWG NO REV
18240 NORTH BANK ROAD
ROSEBURG, OREGON 97470
541-496-3541
AM 09/22/08

DESCRIPTION

SIDE MOUNT PVC VENT
4" SCH80 PVC PIPE

KOR-N-SEAL BOOT
(Ø8" CORED HOLE)

WET WELL TOP SLAB

WET WELL BARREL

8.a
Packet Pg. 959 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) DRN BY
APR BY
DATE

CHK BY DATE
DATE

DWG NO REV
18240 NORTH BANK ROAD
ROSEBURG, OREGON 97470
541-496-3541
AM 09/12/08

DESCRIPTION

JUNCTION BOX ASSEMBLY

DRAIN TO WET WELL MUST BE INSTALLED

TO PREVENT SUBMERGENCE OF ELECTRICAL
BOXES.

EXPLOSION PROOF JUNCTION

BOXES ARE NOT PROVIDED WITH
PUMPS LARGER THAN 25HP.

PRECAST CONCRETE

JUNCTION BOX WITH LID
ADALET

ENCLOSURE

CONDUITS BETWEEN JUNCTION BOX

AND WET WELL ARE TO BE GROUTED
AT INSTALLATION. (BY OTHERS)

8.a
Packet Pg. 960 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) DRN BY
APR BY
DATE

CHK BY DATE
DATE

DWG NO REV
18240 NORTH BANK ROAD
ROSEBURG, OREGON 97470
541-496-3541
AM 4/12/13

DESCRIPTION

VALVE VAULT BASE LEVELING

UNDISTURBED SOIL COMPACTED BASE ROCK

AS REQUIRED AS

SPECIFIED BY ENGINEER

ROMTEC VALVE VAULT ASSEMBLY

COMPACTED BACK FILL

AS SPECIFIED BY

ENGINEER
12" THICK CONCRETE

THRUST RESTRAINT
COLLAR. CAST IN

PLACE ON SITE

BOTH ENDS
(BY OTHERS)

RETAINER FLANGE
3 PLACES CAST

IN PLACE ON SITE
(BY OTHERS)
NOTE: VAULT MUST BE

LEVELED IN ALL DIRECTIONS

PRIOR TO POURING RESTRAINT
COLLARS AND BACKFILLING.

8.a
Packet Pg. 961 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7. ELECTRICAL
This section contains information pertaining to the electrical design of this system.

There is both technical information and related drawings necessary for the system construction.

This section is structured as follows:

7.01 CONTROL PANEL

7.01.1 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESIGN VOLTAGE

7.01.2 CONTROL PANEL SCOPE OF SUPPLY

7.01.3 CONTROL PANEL DRAWING(S)

7.01.4 ONE-LINE DRAWING(S)

7.01.5 STANDARD TEMPERATURE SPECIFICATIONS

7.01.6 POWER QUALITY DISCLAIMER

7.02 INTERCONNECTIONS

7.02.1 TYPICAL CONNECTION DRAWING

7.02.2 INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS

7.02.3 PUMP CABLE INSPECTION AND INSTALLATION

7.02.4 STANDARD PANEL GROUNDING

7.02.5 INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONDUIT ENTRY

7.03 GENERATOR

7.03.1 GENERATOR SUBMITTAL

8.a
Packet Pg. 962 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.01 CONTROL PANEL
This section contains information pertaining to the control panel and any other electrical panels included in the system.

This section is structured as follows:

7.01.1 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESIGN VOLTAGE

7.01.2 CONTROL PANEL SCOPE OF SUPPLY

7.01.3 CONTROL PANEL DRAWING(S)

7.01.4 ONE-LINE DRAWING(S)

7.01.5 STANDARD TEMPERATURE SPECIFICATIONS

7.01.6 POWER QUALITY

8.a
Packet Pg. 963 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8/26/13

SOUTHERN PUMP, CA
Electrical System Design Voltage
This system has been designed to operate on 480V, 3 Phase supplied power.

Please verify that this is the correct voltage configuration available on-site.

7.01.1 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESIGN VOLTAGE

8.a
Packet Pg. 964 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

Control Panel Scope of Supply
8/26/13

SOUTHERN PUMP, CA
General information
- ELECTRICAL SERVICE - 480V, 3 Phase
- PUMPS - , 30HP, 460V, 3 PH, 39FLA, DUPLEX configuration - PUMPS - MODEL VAUGH , SE6W-092
- PRIMARY CONTROLLER - HYDRORANGER 400 configured for DUPLEX Liquid level sensing
- PRIMARY LEVEL SENSING - XPS-15 SIEMENS ULTRASONIC WIRED FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE - BACKUP LEVEL SENSING - MS-1 FLOATS WIRED FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE Station Control Panel
Qty. Description
1 NEMA 3R PAINTED STEEL, 60"H X 48"W X 12"D enclosure, 3 point padlocking latch. 1 12" leg kit
1 Drip Shield
1 Main Circuit Breaker with operator handle on dead front. 1 Phase monitor - used to prevent pumps from running in a failed position 1 Enclosure Fan Kit
1 TVSS advanced surge suppression
2 Allen-Bradley SMC150-C60NBD Soft Starters. These starters shall have an Illuminated pushbutton reset mounted on the control front for electric reset. 2 Pump motor circuit breakers, MCP style, with operator handle through dead front.

Circuit breakers capable of being locked in the off position. 1 20A, 2-pole, 480V circuit breaker with field terminals to supply 7.5KW lighting transformer and lighting panel. Panel and transformer supplied by others. 1 Blower scrubber motor contactor 230V,1-PH, 3.7FLA
1 Hydroranger 400 Level controller to control start and stop levels. 2 HOA selector switches for manual pump control (1 per pump) 1 2-Position selector switch for blower motor control
2 Elapsed time meters, one per pump
2 Intrinscallay safe relays for redundant back-up control. - ISB1 = Back-up Stop Float and redundant "High Level Alarm". - ISB2 = Back-up Start Float.
1 Circuit breaker mounted on the operator interface to control the following functions:

1. Convenience outlet 5A
1 GFCI receptacle mounted on dead front door.
1 2KVA Control power transformer, 1 phase, 240/120VAC
1 Alarm beacon red flashing light
1 Enclosure shall have filtered cooling fans thermostatically controlled.

7.01.2 CONTROL PANEL SCOPE OF SUPPLY

8.a
Packet Pg. 965 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

2 Thermal and Leak detection devices for VAUGH pumps mounted on dead front panel.
1 Enclosure heater and thermostat if low Ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F 2 "Run" pilot light, green, push to test, located on dead front 1 "High Level" pilot light, red, push to test, located on dead front 1 IS Barrier for floats
* 8"H x 10"W panel space for future RTU equipment
*
All telemetry signals wired to terminal strips directly below the future RTU equipment space.
* Non-concurrent motor starting on standby power.
1 1/4 x 1-1/4 Fuse indicating fuse holder for future RTU equipment ## Terminal blocks used for interconnecting to field devices.

Analog Inputs
AI 1 Spare
AI 2 Primary Level Sensing
Analog Outputs
AO1 Primary Level
AO2
Digital Inputs
DI1
DI2
DI3
Digital Outputs
DO1 Pump 1 Run
DO2 Pump 2 Run
DO3 Spare
DO4 High Level Alarm
Relay Dry Contacts
R1 Pump 1 - Run Command
R2 Pump 2 - Run Command
R3 Pump 1 Fail
R4 Pump 2 Fail
R5 High Level Alarm
R6 Power Fail
R7 Odor Control
Telemetry Signals (Future)
T01 Primary Level 4/20mA
T02 Pump 1 Fail
T03 Pump 2 Fail
T04 High Level Alarm
T05 Generator Fault
T06 Back-up Power On
T07 High Level Float
T08 Spare

8.a
Packet Pg. 966 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) ©

8.a
Packet Pg. 967
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

INTAKE HOOD
© 8.a
Packet Pg. 968
Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 969 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)   


  



 




 

 
 





 



!


"

# 
$

% 


 &


 
 

'

8.a
Packet Pg. 970 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern 






 

 



 !
"



 #$
!



"
! %

&
− 1 − 87567824
 


 


   
 






 

 







 

 
 


  




   


  

 


 
  



   



 

  

 


 



   

 
  
 


 

 
 
 
 


   
 
 


'

( 
"

(() ) 


 
!


(
*
!
!
'



 +(



",
$ 
 -$ .
-



 
 

 
! 

 
 
  
  
  

 


 


 
    

  
 
 
   


"  

 
 

 

 
 
 

  


 
   

#

 $%&' %


(
)
*+ 
 ',%- %

 ./
 -0% &1 2'34
5 6
    



      

#

7
 

 
 
 

 
     

 89
 

 
 
 

  



 :
; <

  
 

 
 

 








 

 


! 6
  

  


 '    


 
 


 0 
. 3


 

  
 

  

  

 


  

8 =

>,>":
/ %
 
 
 

 

 
 7   ?


 3



    
     

 

   

 
 
   


 

* '


    

  


    

  
 
  




 









! 





" (


/ )   
 "
+
!
 '


0 



+(  

  +
'


1)
)
+

 '
'
 '
+
'" '
 '
 +

,
-.$%

$2$

 

 
 
  
 
 


 &

 
 
 

 


  





 

  









   





  
 
   

 
   



 




#




 &
1 
 -
 

    
 
   
 



 
 


 


   
  



 





 


 - 
 
 # 
 
    
 
  


  */5!;""!""

 &
1 

 -
 "
)) &
3 '

 @, ..5)5!
*;.

8.a
Packet Pg. 971 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern 





 

  

 






 




 !
"#$%$&
− 2 − 87567824
  


 



 


  
  

'




($'() 
 * 


 


+
'
  


 

   
   


  
 
  

   



 









 


!  
 
 



 " 

   
 


    

 


#  $ 
  

   
 

 "   

 
  

%


&
, 
+-  .' /  
0*  
 


  
 .'
-
*
,  -

  . 0, +

1


-


  +



* *
,'
' 

  
   $   $  


( !
  
    
  
   $

 ! 


 


  ()))
* 
  
  + 
 ,
      

  
+ 
   $


 

+ 

   
 
  
 
 
   ,   -,+  
 




/  
-
   *  


 -
*
, 
-
 .
 0, +

1


  -
 


'

-
-
2 * 
,  +


 -
* *

 

 0 
**
 

 
*-
,'
. !
  
   
 


  

  
   $  

  

      
   

     
  /

0 ! 
  






    

  





 1 
 


($'()

8.a
Packet Pg. 972 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern 





 

  

 






 




 !
"#$%$&
− 3 − 87567824
 

 .
 * 


  -

 

 

 3
*-
,

'




($'(4 
 * 


 


+
'
#  $ 
1



   

 + $
 

' "  $
 
 %
 &


+


   
   $  

  2 
 

 




( 3




 $

  
 
  
   $

 !



 

  ()))
- 

  
  + 
 ,
 
    
   
+ 
 
 $


 

+ 

   


  
   
  
,   -,+  
 





 
 


($'(4

8.a
Packet Pg. 973 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern 





 

  

 






 




 !
"#$%$&
− 4 − 87567824
  


  -

 -

3  3 

3 

1



 
-  

 .
 
#


%
'




($'(5 
 -
* 


 


+
'
# "   $
 
  
 %


&    
 4$ 
 
 5 
  
    $

  
 $ 


+ 

'    
  
   $

 ! 


 

  ()))

- 
  
  + 
 ,
      
  

+ 
   $


 

+ 

   
 
  
 

   ,   -,+  
 





 
 
/  
-
   *  


 -
*
, 
-
 .
 0, +

1


  -
 


'

-
-
2 * 
,  +


 -
* *

 
  0

**
 

 
*-
,'
(

   
  6
77••74!  

 ,
 7
 
   




     $

 
  
   6
77••74!   



+ 
 ,

. 7
   
 $

  

  
   $

 
  
 6*$  
 

     

 


($'(5
/  
 #


%
3  
0 



  0



'
-


 

, *-
, 



,

*
  


   .
' "-
 
  #


%
3
, 
  .
  **



'

8.a
Packet Pg. 974 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern 





 

  

 






 




 !
"#$%$&
− 5 − 87567824
  


  -

 
3 3 -

3  3 

3 

1





 

/ 
 6



($'(78
#  $ 
1



    
 +
$
 

' "  $
 
 %
 &


+ 


 
   $   
 
( 

  
   $  $  

 
,
  

 




 
$

 , 
 
    
$  
1 5
.
   
1 5    
 

   
$  
1 5   
 
 


 
$
0 
+
1






  

 

  



($'(7
8
$
 
$ 

 
9 7
  
 



   $

 
  

: , 
 
,
     
   

; 
+ 

 $
+ 
1 !  
  

  


+ 

 



,
 
  / 





8.a
Packet Pg. 975 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern 





 

  

 






 




 !
"#$%$&
− 6 − 87567824

-  

 .
 

-

0*




'

-

3  3 

3 

1/ 
 6



($'(98
# "   $
 
  
 %


&    
 4$ 
 
 5 
  
    $

  
 $ 


+ 

, 
+-  .' /  
0*  0



 
 .'
-
*
,  -

  .  . 0, +

1


-


  +



* *
,'
' 

  
   $  $  


( 
+
1






  

 

  



($'(9
.
$
 
$ 

 
0 !


  

  
   $  

   
     
  


  
  /

/  
0*  


0*

,  -
 
'

-
*
,  
  . 0, +

1

'

8.a
Packet Pg. 976 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern 





 

  

 






 




 !
"#$%$&
− 7 − 87567824


-



 * 



6 00




 * 


-
,
+8




($'(: 
 * 


  


+
'
#  

 + 
 , 0


 -
79° 01
00 



4 <<8 =



- -   
,-  
  + 


 

- -


  -










 


  
, -

-

'
'
     
 
 + 
   


+  1
,
   

 

 > 

 
 ?
-@ $  $

( 
  5  


  
    +  /


 


 

       

 

 

 
. !   
   

  

    
   

 


  




    ,

 1 .0 
 %4

<<8&


($'(:
>
?7 6@
A$
, "1
.0° B1



8.a
Packet Pg. 977 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern

8.a
Packet Pg. 978 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 979 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 980 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 981 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.01.5 STANDARD TEMPERATURE SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Temperature Specifications for Electrical Control Panels without VFDs:

1. If lower temperature ranges are required a larger than standard heater can be added at additional cost.

2. If higher temperature ranges are required an air conditioner unit can be added at additional cost.

Application Notes Regarding Temperature:
• Romtec Utilities recommends adding sunshades to all enclosure installations. • Direct sunlight doubles heat loading in gray painted cabinets as reflected in the above temperature specifications. Romtec Utilities does not recommend using gray painted cabinets in direct sunlight applications. • Where large temperatures swings (less than -5°F to greater than 96°F) are common, consider purchasing a Romtec Utilities shelter or building. • The above operating temperatures do not reflect cabinets containing VFDs.

When VFDs are required the Romtec Utilities suggested enclosure is NEMA 3R with fans. Romtec Utilities can accommodate other VFD enclosure configurations but this will require full design analysis including expected site temperature ranges provided by the customer.

Operating
Temperature
Ranges
Tmin1 All = -5°F (-
20C)
NEMA 4
Painted
Gray
NEMA 4
Painted
White
NEMA 4X
Stainless
Steel
NEMA 3R
With Fans
Direct Sun
Exposure Tmax
96°F
(35.6°C)
Tmax
109°F
(42.8°C)
Tmax
106°F
(41.1°C)
Tmax
118°F
(41.1°C)
No Sun Exposure
(Completely
Shaded)
Tmax
109°F
(42.8°C)
Tmax
109°F
(42.8°C)
Tmax
109°F
(42.8°C)
Tmax
120°F
(42.8°C)
Direct Sun
Exposure
Air Conditioned
Enclosure
Tmax
112°F
(44.4°C)
Tmax
122°F
(50°C)
Tmax
118°F
(47.8°C)
Not
Applicable
Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 982 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.01.5 STANDARD TEMPERATURE SPECIFICATIONS
• Romtec Utilities will not warranty panels that are operating outside of the stated temperature ranges.
• Panels that are partially shaded fall into the Direct Sun Exposure temperature ranges listed above. Romtec Utilities cannot quantify the effect of partial shading related to temperature performance.
• Designs do not include air-conditioning unless specifically requested.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 983 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.01.6 POWER QUALITY
Power Quality
Poor power quality can have an adverse effect on the control system operation and reliability. In addition, pump motors can be damaged by sustained application of unbalanced phase voltages and/or balanced phase voltages operating above or below normal nameplate ratings.

Romtec Utilities recommends that the supply voltage to the Romtec Utilities control panel comply with the National Equipment Manufacturers Association ( NEMA) Standard MB1-1987-SECTION 14.34B. Any performance issues that arise as a result of the supply voltage not meeting these standards are the responsibility of the owner. Romtec Utilities is not responsible for identifying or mitigating any power quality issues that are result of power quality associated with the utility supply voltage.

NEMA Published Tolerances
Voltage imbalance not to exceed 1% measured at the motor terminals Current imbalance not to exceed 5% measured at the motor terminals Voltage levels not to exceed +/- 10% name plate rating.

Rev. 4-28-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 984 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.02 INTERCONNECTIONS
This section contains information pertaining to the electrical interconnections between system components.

This section is structured as follows:

7.02.1 TYPICAL CONNECTION DRAWING(S)

7.02.2 INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS

7.02.3 PUMP CABLE INSPECTION AND INSTALLATION

7.02.4 STANDARD PANEL GROUNDING

7.02.5 INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONDUIT ENTRY
IMPORTANT!
Romtec Utilities has not produced site electrical drawings. Any site electrical drawings in this Scope of Supply and Design Submittal have been produced by others. Romtec Utilities has not checked the site electrical drawings for their accuracy.

Romtec Utilities makes no claim as to the accuracy of information contained in these site electrical drawings.

The typical field wiring plan is only a suggestion by Romtec Utilities. Receiving final approval of the field wiring on the approved site plan and/or site electrical drawings is the responsibility of the Customer or the Customer’s representative.

Romtec Utilities makes no claim as to the suitability of the typical field wiring plan for the project.

IMPORTANT!
Romtec Utilities does not provide cored holes into the wet well for electrical conduit ports or conduit runs. The electrically related cored holes into the wet well are the responsibility of the contractor and electrician.

Wet well electrically related cored holes’ final size, orientation, height and number are best determined after installation of the wet well and other electrical components.

8.a
Packet Pg. 985 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 986 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.02.2 INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS
The following information is a recommendation only. It is the responsibility of the installing electrical contractor to review all as-built system information and make the installation as per the National Electrical Code (NEC).

Install all electrical conduits in accordance with the NEC, or as shown, whichever is greater.

Install all branch circuit and feeder conductors in accordance with the NEC, or as shown, whichever is greater.

Install all branch circuit and/or feeder overcurrent protection devices in accordance with the NEC.

Lift Station Control Panel (LCP)
Volts 460 Largest HP 30 SCCR
Rating 5KA
Phase 3 Largest
FLA 39
Frequency 60 HZ Total FLA 92.95

8.a
Packet Pg. 987 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.02.2 INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS
Recommended Conduit Sizes
Device HP Power Dia. Control Dia. Conduit Size
Pump 1 30 1.55 .49 3”
Pump 2 30 1.55 .49 3”
Floats .25 1”
Transducer .313 1”
Note: All conduit calculations based on rigid metal conduit (RMC) @ 40% maximum fill as per the 2011 National Electrical Code.

Size all conduits in accordance with the NEC, or as recommended, whichever is greater.

Special Note: The above information is preliminary information only. It is the installing contractor’s responsibility to reference the as-built documentation to verify all information and to confirm that the installation meets the requirements of the National Electrical Code and any local code requirements.

Further Recommendations:

Where the NEC allows, use schedule 40 PVC for all conduits installed underground.

Use a long radius rigid steel conduit elbow and rigid steel conduit for transition to above grade terminations. PVC conduit shall not be exposed. All below grade rigid steel conduit shall be PVC coated, half-lap wrapped with corrosion protection tape, or coated with corrosion protection paint.

8.a
Packet Pg. 988 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.02.3 PUMP CABLE INSPECTION AND

INSTALLATION
Recommendations:

1. Inspect the full length of the pump cable for any signs of damage which may include abrasions, cuts, crushed insulation, and signs of moisture entry.

2. If cable damage is found, further testing of the cable and its overall integrity will need to be performed by a qualified technician.

Note: A high percentage of cable failures are due to mechanical damage, which typically occurs during transportation, handling and installation.

3. When cables are installed in a raceway, underground electrical duct or cable tray, the following factors should be considered.
a. Cable configuration
b. Raceway or cable tray fill
c. Physical limitations of cables
d. Installation equipment
e. Ambient temperature and conditions
Note: Low temperatures are a cause for concern when installing cables.

4. Prior to performing a low temperature (less than 10°F) cable installation, cables should be pre-conditioned by storing for a minimum of 24 hours at a temperature of 55°F or higher.

5. Do not impact, drop, kink or bend cable sharply in low temperatures.

6. All cables to be installed in a raceway shall be pulled together. They should be trained and guided into the raceway using an approved pulling compound or lubricant when necessary.

7. Conduits shall be cleaned prior to installing cables to ensure that the outer jacket is not damaged.

8. Pump cables shall be supported vertically in the wet well by stainless steel wire mesh support grips sized for the application.

9. All hardware including fittings, hangers, supports, and fasteners shall have corrosion protection suitable for the atmosphere.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 989 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.02.3 PUMP CABLE INSPECTION AND

INSTALLATION

10. Conduit bushing shall be installed where required to prevent cable damage.

11. Pump cables shall be installed in the wet well with adequate length to allow for removal of the pumps without disconnecting the cables.

12. Extra cable length shall be secured so as not to interfere with pump intake.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 990 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.02.4 STANDARD PANEL GROUNDING

GENERAL
This guide is provided to assist with the design of the grounding and bonding requirements for installing industrial control panels. This guide is not intended to be used in lieu of other regulatory standards. Always consult all pertinent regulatory standards and local standards to ensure full compliance.

SCOPE
In order to understand the reasons for many of the practices that are recommended. It is helpful to segregate these practices into two separate categories as follows:

1. General protective grounding practices as required by the National Electrical Code and local jurisdictions.

Systems and circuit conductors are grounded to limit voltages due to lightning, line surges, or unintentional contact with higher voltage lines, and to stabilize the voltage to ground during normal operation.

Systems and circuit conductors are solidly grounded to facilitate overcurrent device operation in case of ground faults.

2. System common signal grounding and wire routing.

Those practices which make the equipment immune to electrical noise originating within or without the equipment. These practices compliment the protective grounding practices in providing noise immunity.

PROTECTIVE GROUNDING

1. All protective grounding practices shall be in compliance with all local, state and National Electrical Codes.

2. Equipment grounding conductors shall be connected to the equipment grounding bus or to an equipment grounding termination point provided in a single-section industrial enclosure.

3. All panels that are greater than 15 feet in length should be grounded at both ends. The equipment grounding conductor shall be sized from the National Electrical Code and shall be sized in accordance with Table 250.122.

4. There shall be a bonding jumper across the ground bus or floor sill between any shipping splits that is sized in accordance with the National Electrical Code Table 250.122.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 991 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.02.4 STANDARD PANEL GROUNDING

5. The equipment grounding terminal shall be a ground stub or bus suitable for aluminum or copper conductors that is bonded to the panel enclosure using brazing or bolting in such a manner that the conducting path has a resistance of one ohm or less.

6. An equipment grounding conductor sized in accordance with the National Electrical Code shall be installed from the control enclosure to the main service grounding electrode system.

7. Metallic piping, building structural steel, electrical enclosures, raceways, junction boxes, outlet boxes, cabinets, and other conductive items in close proximity with electrical circuits, shall be bonded and grounded. a. Use only copper conductors for both insulated and bare grounding conductors in direct contact with earth, concrete, masonry, crushed stone, and similar materials.
b. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Used for connections to structural steel and for underground connections.
c. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Comply with National Electrical Code, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, unless specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by National Electrical Code are indicated. d. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors in all raceways. e. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
f. Provide insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service piping (if present). Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes by grounding clamp connectors. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor to street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end.
g. Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system.
h. Bond metal piping systems to equipment grounding conductors of associated pumps, fans, and blowers.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 992 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.02.4 STANDARD PANEL GROUNDING
i. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system (if present) upstream from equipment shutoff valve.
j. Metallic conduit that only contains a grounding conductor, and is provided for its mechanical protection, shall be bonded to that conductor at the entrance and exit from the conduit.
k. Bond the equipment grounding conductor to each pull box, junction box, outlet box, device box, cabinets, and other enclosures through which the conductor passes.
l. Receptacles shall not be grounded through their mounting screws.

Ground receptacles with a jumper from the receptacle green ground terminal to the device box ground screw and a jumper to the branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
m. Ground lighting fixtures to the equipment grounding conductor of the wiring system. Fixtures connected with flexible conduit shall have a green ground wire included with the power wires from the fixture through the flexible conduit to the first outlet box.

8. Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized.

Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible

SYSTEM COMMON SIGNAL GROUNDING

1. The electronic control common signal shall be grounded at one point only.

2. An insulated bonding jumper may be installed between signal common points where necessary due to shipping splits and system layouts.

3. When unlike signal levels must cross they should cross at 90 degree angles and at a maximum spacing.

4. Within the confines of pull boxes and junction boxes, levels should be kept separate, if required grounded barriers should be used to assist level spacing.

5. Care should be taken so that low level signals are not looped around high level control or power conductors.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 993 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.02.4 STANDARD PANEL GROUNDING

GENERAL INSTALLATION NOTES

1. Only those connections points required for Romtec Utilities’ equipment, including defined tie points or as purchased, will be provided. Customer will be responsible for all other connections.

2. No more than two wires should be connected to any one control terminal point.

3. All raceways entering the control panel from underground shall be sealed.

Rev. 5-14-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 994 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.02.5 INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONDUIT ENTRY
A. Conduit Top of Enclosure Entry:

1. Use only U.L. listed rain tight or liquid tight conduit hubs.

2. Install hubs and conduit according to the hub manufacturer’s instructions.

3. Punch or drill the correct hole for the size of hub to be used.

4. Capture all drilling fines to prevent interior component damage.

B. Conduit Bottom of Enclosure Entry:

1. Punch or drill correct hole for the size of the conduit to be used.

2. Use only U.L. listed rain tight or liquid tight conduit hubs or sealing locknuts on the outside entry point.

3. Install conduit, hubs or sealing locknuts as per the manufacturer’s instructions.

4. Secure conduits on the inside with locknuts.

5. Use plastic bushing or grounding bushing where applicable.

C. Conduit hole sealing:

1. Seal all unused holes with hole seals that are recognized for use with the enclosure NEMA rating.

2. Install seals according to the seal manufacturer’s instructions.

CONDUIT
SIZE

HOLE SIZE
1/2" 7/8"
3/4" 1-1/8"
1" 1-3/8"
1-1/4" 1-3/4"
1-1/2" 2"
2" 2-3/8"
2-1/2" 3"
3" 3-5/8"
3-1/2" 4-1/4"
4" 4-5/8"
Rev. 4-28-14

8.a
Packet Pg. 995 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

7.03 GENERATOR
This section contains information pertaining to the generator.

This section is structured as follows:

7.03.1 GENERATOR SUBMITTAL

8.a
Packet Pg. 996 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) 1 Submittal
Cummins Northwest, LLC
Washington, Oregon, Alaska & Montana
Powerful Solutions. Dependable Support. Every Time

8.a
Packet Pg. 997 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) April 8, 2013

SUBMITTALS
TO
Southern Pump
FOR
Romtec Utilities

CUMMINS GENERATOR SET
Model: 100 GGHH
Approximate Generator Package Weight: 3,600 Lbs.

CUMMINS TRANSFER SWITCH
Model: OTEC 225
Approximate Switch Package Weight: 190 Lbs.

Contact: Matt Chapman
Office: (503) 289-0900 x1405
Direct: (503) 972-6615
Fax: (503) 286-5938
Email: [email protected]
http://www.cumminsnorthwest.com

8.a
Packet Pg. 998 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Table of Contents
Material Summary ...................................................................................................................................................

Pre-Start-Up Check List ..........................................................................................................................................

Genset Warranty ......................................................................................................................................................

ATS Warranty ..........................................................................................................................................................

Generator
Specification Sheet .....................................................................................................................................................

Generator Data Sheet ..................................................................................................................................................

Power Command Digital Generator Set Control ........................................................................................................

Certificate of Compliance ....................................................................................................................................................

Exhaust Emission Data Sheet ..............................................................................................................................................

Exhaust Compliance Data Sheet ..........................................................................................................................................

Sound Data Sheet .................................................................................................................................................................

Prototype Test Report ...........................................................................................................................................................

Alternator Data Sheet ...........................................................................................................................................................

Generator Outline Drawings.................................................................................................................................................

Circuit Breaker Outline Drawing .........................................................................................................................................

Automatic Transfer Switch
Switch Specifications ..................................................................................................................................................

Control Box Outline Drawing .....................................................................................................................................

Wiring Diagram .........................................................................................................................................................

Accessories
Cummins Battery Specifications ................................................................................................................................

8.a
Packet Pg. 999 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Quotation
Cummins Northwest, LLC
4711 N. Basin Avenue
Portland OR 97217 United States
September 17, 2012
Project Name: Romtec - Southern Pump
Quotation: 157000000347840
Thank you for your inquiry. We are pleased to quote as follows:

USD
Item Description Qty
Spark Ignited Genset: 60Hz-100kW 50Hz-75kW
US-Stat U.S. EPA, Stationary Emergency Application 1
100GGHH Genset-SpkIgn NatGas/Propane,60Hz,100kW-StandbyRtg 1 A331-2 Duty Rating-Standby Power 1
L090-2 Listing-UL 2200 1
L156-2 Cert-Seismic, IBC2000,2003,2006,Ss=3.41g.rooftop 1 L164-2 OSHPD Seismic Cert, Sds=2.28g 1
L155-2 EmissionsCert-SI,EPA,Emergency,Stationary,40CFR60 1 C065-2 Fuel System-Natural Gas/LP Vapor, Auto Changeover 1 F173-2 Enclosure-Steel, Sound Attenuated, Level 2,w/Exhaust System 1 R002-2 Voltage-277/480,3 Phase,Wye,4 Wire 1
B415-2 Alternator-60 Hz, 12 Lead, Upper Broad Range, 105C 1 H643-2 SET CONTROL-PCC 2100 1
B184-2 Exciter/Regulator-Pmg, 3 Phase Sensor 1
A366-2 Engine Governor-Electronic, Isochronous Only 1
KM65-2 Circuit Breaker Mtg-Single Breaker, Left of Control 1 KS62-2 Circuit Breaker-175A,3P,600/525V,TM,80%,UL/IEC 1 F179-2 Skidbase-Housing Ready 1
A422-2 Engine Starter - 12 VDC Motor 1
A333-2 Battery Charging Alternator-Normal Output 1
E125-2 Engine Cooling-High Ambient Air Temperature 1
H389-2 Shutdown-Low Coolant Level 1
H036-2 Coolant Heater-120 Volt Ac, Single Phase 1
L028-2 Genset warranty- Base, Standby 2 years / 400 hours 1 F065-2 Rack-Battery 1
H268-2 Extension-Oil Drain 1
SPEC-L Product Revision - L 1

8.a
Packet Pg. 1000 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) 0416-0823 Battery-Dry,12V,620CCA 1
Transfer Switch-Electronic Control: 225A
OTEC225 Transfer Switch-Electronic Control,225Amp 1
A028-7 Poles-3 1
A046-7 Listing-UL 1008/CSA Certification 1
A044-7 Frequency-60 Hertz 1
A042-7 System-3 Phase,3 Wire Or 4 Wire 1
R026-7 Voltage-480 Vac 1
B002-7 Cabinet-Type 3R 1
KB59-7 Battery Charger-15 Ampere, 12 Volt, 50/60 Hertz 1 M033-7 Genset Starting Battery-12VDC 1
C027-7 Cover-Switch Control, Security 1
J030-7 Clock-Exercise, External 1
G004-7 Transfer Switch Warranty-2 Yr Comprehensive 1
SPEC-A Product Revision - A 1
S/U Start-Up and Testing 1
FRT Freight prepaid to job-site, off-loading not included 1 NOTES:

1. THIS QUOTATION IS SUBJECT TO CUMMINS NORTHWEST, LLC STANDARD TERMS &

CONDITIONS - SEE ATTACHMENT

2. NATURAL GAS AND LP ENGINES ARE FACTORY CERTIFIED TO MEET EPA NEW SOURCE

PERFORMANCE STANDARDS (NSPS) FOR SPARK IGNITED (SI) ENGINE EXHAUST EMISSIONS REGULATIONS. THE ENGINE(S) ARE NOT FIELD CONVERTIBLE TO OTHER FUEL SOURCES.

EMISSIONS COMPLIANCE FOR THE LIFE OF THESE PRODUCTS IS THE OWNER/OPERATORS RESPONSIBILITY AS DEFINED BY THE USA EPA .

3. REGARDING SELECTIVE COORDINATION FOR NEC ARTICLE 700 AND 701 LOADS. CUMMINS

GENERATORS ARE EQUIPPED WITH THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED THERMAL MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKER. INFORMATION REGARDING THIS DEVICE CAN BE SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST. THIS QUOTATION IS NOT VALID IF ANY CHANGES TO THIS CIRCUIT

BREAKER(S) IS REQUIRED TO COORDINATE WITH OTHER DEVICES IN THE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. IF CHANGES ARE REQUIRED, THE CUSTOMER MUST PROVIDE A COPY

OF THE COORDINATION STUDY LISTING THE MANUFACTURERS PART NUMBER OF THE

DISCONNECT DEVICE TO BE SUPPLIED WITH THE GENERATOR AND A REVISED QUOTATION WILL BE ISSUED.

Submitted by
___________________________________________
Matt Chapman , Power Generation Sales
[email protected]
Direct: (503)972-6615

8.a
Packet Pg. 1001 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Project Name:

Project Number:

Please review your installation and respond to the check list below: YES NO *1.

2. 3.
*4.
*5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

10. or vapor withdrawal.

11. *12.

13. *14.

15. 16.

17. 18.
*19.

20. Recommended exhaust pipe material is schedule 40 black iron pipe.

The undersigned confirms equipment is ready for startup:
/ /
Printed Name Signature Date Phone:

Company: Fax:

Phone #: Email Address:

Fax #:

Return to CNW Project
Manager:

Gas plumbing and sizing completed in accordance with submittal specifications.

Propane tank set up for liquid

GENERATOR START-UP CHECK LIST
Owner / Tenant has been notified of the start-up date.

Generator mainline circuit breaker connected to ATS / MTS If the equipment is not ready for start-up and testing, the installer will be responsible for all costs associated with the initial site visit. Start-up services will not be performed by Cummins Northwest, unless this form is returned a minimum of ten (10) business days before scheduled start-up.

Utility power available and connected to ATS / MTS (Don't connect door plug to harness) Radiator discharge air exhaust duct installed.

Generator battery / batteries on site. (Do Not Energize Circuit) Can emergency loads be transferred to generator at start-up? Fuel supply connected to engine with approved flexible lines.

All DC and data interconnect wires run and terminated per submittal specifications.

Other:

Fuel day tank power connected. (Do Not Energize Circuit) * Items 1, 4, 5, 12, 14 & 19 - Referenced wiring must be terminated without exception. CNW is not allowed by RCW 19.28 , WAC 296-46A & WAC 296-401B to initially terminate this wiring. Once terminated, CNW can change or correct the wiring.

Recommended fuel line material for diesel systems is schedule 40 black iron pipe.

All interconnect wiring must be installed per Cummins Power Generation interconnect wiring drawing recommendations.

Exhaust Piping:

Fuel Plumbing:

Interconnect Wiring:

Battery charger power connected (Do Not Energize Circuit) Fuel available on-site and ready for testing.

Natural Gas and / or Propane plumbing requires a minimum 7"-13" of water column.

Remote radiator, piping, expansion tanks installed flushed, filled with coolant.

Intake and exhaust louvers installed and operational.

Engine coolant heater connected to utility (Do Not Energize Circuit) Exhaust system installation complete including all piping and insulation.

Generator and isolators mounted to pad properly.

Cummins Northwest, LLC
4711 N. Basin Ave. (97217)
PO Box 2710
Portland, OR 97208-2710
Phone (503) 289-0900
Fax (503) 240-5553
Form #100804-05 rev 12/09

8.a
Packet Pg. 1002 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

Warranty Statement
English Effective Date: 01-October-2009
Global Commercial Warranty Statement
Commercial Generating Set
A028U870 (Issue 2)

8.a
Packet Pg. 1003 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Effective Date: 01-October-2009 Page 1 of 2 A028U870
Limited Warranty
Commercial Generating Set
This limited warranty applies to all Cummins Power
Generation® branded commercial generating sets
and associated accessories (hereinafter referred to
as "Product").

This warranty covers any failures of the Product,
under normal use and service, which result from a
defect in material or factory workmanship.

Warranty Period:

The warranty start date† is the date of initial start up, first rental, demonstration or 18 months after factory
ship date, whichever is sooner. See table for details.

Continuous Power (COP) is defined as being the
maximum power which the generating set is capable
of delivering continuously whilst supplying a constant
electrical load when operated for an unlimited
number of hours per year. No overload capability is
available for this rating.

Prime Power (PRP) is defined as being the
maximum power which a generating set is capable of
delivering continuously whilst supplying a variable
electrical load when operated for an unlimited
number of hours per year. The permissible average
power output over 24 hours of operation shall not
exceed 70% of the PRP. For applications requiring
permissible average output higher than stated, a
COP rating should be used.

Limited-Time Running Power (LTP) is defined as
the maximum power available, under the agreed
operating conditions, for which the generating set is
capable of delivering for up to 500 hours of operation
per year.

Emergency Standby Power (ESP) is defined as the
maximum power available during a variable electrical
power sequence, under the stated operating
conditions, for which a generating set is capable of
delivering in the event of a utility power outage or
under test conditions for up to 200 hours of operation
per year. The permissible average power output over
24 hours of operation shall not exceed 70% of the
ESP.

Base Warranty Coverage Duration
(Whichever occurs first)
Rating Months Max. Hours
COP 12 Unlimited
PRP 12 Unlimited
LTP 12 500 hrs
ESP 24 400 hrs
†
Warranty start date for designated rental and oil and gas model Products is determined to be date of receipt of Product by the end customer.

Cummins Power Generation®
Responsibilities:

In the event of a failure of the Product during the
warranty period due to defects in material or
workmanship, Cummins Power Generation® will only
be responsible for the following costs:
ƒ All parts and labor required to repair the
Product.
ƒ Reasonable travel expenses to and from the
Product site location.
ƒ Maintenance items that are contaminated or
damaged by a warrantable failure.

Owner Responsibilities:

The owner will be responsible for the following:
ƒ Notifying Cummins Power Generation®
distributor or dealer within 30 days of the
discovery of failure.
ƒ Installing, operating, commissioning and
maintaining the Product in accordance with
Cummins Power Generation®’s published
policies and guidelines.
ƒ Providing evidence for date of
commissioning.
ƒ Providing sufficient access to and reasonable
ability to remove the Product from the
installation in the event of a warrantable
failure.

In addition, the owner will be responsible for:
ƒ Incremental costs and expenses associated
with Product removal and reinstallation
resulting from non-standard installations.
ƒ Costs associated with rental of generating
sets used to replace the Product being
repaired.

8.a
Packet Pg. 1004 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Effective Date: 01-October-2009 Page 2 of 2 A028U870
ƒ Costs associated with labor overtime and
premium shipping requested by the owner.
ƒ All downtime expenses, fines, all applicable
taxes, and other losses resulting from a
warrantable failure.

Limitations:

This limited warranty does not cover Product failures
resulting from:
ƒ Inappropriate use relative to designated
power rating.
ƒ Inappropriate use relative to application
guidelines.
ƒ Normal wear and tear.
ƒ Improper and/or unauthorized installation.
ƒ Negligence, accidents or misuse.
ƒ Lack of maintenance or unauthorized repair.
ƒ Noncompliance with any Cummins Power
Generation® published guideline or policy.
ƒ Use of improper or contaminated fuels,
coolants or lubricants.
ƒ Improper storage before and after
commissioning.
ƒ Owner’s delay in making Product available
after notification of potential Product problem.
ƒ Use of steel enclosures within 60 miles of the
coast of salt water when aluminum or an
alternate non-corrosive material enclosure
option is available.
ƒ Replacement parts and accessories not
authorized by Cummins Power Generation®.
ƒ Use of Battle Short Mode.
ƒ Owner or operator abuse or neglect such as:
operation without adequate coolant or
lubricants; overfueling; overspeeding; lack of
maintenance to lubricating, cooling or air
intake systems; late servicing and
maintenance; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices, or for
progressive damage resulting from a
defective shutdown or warning device.
ƒ Damage to parts, fixtures, housings,
attachments and accessory items that are
not part of the generating set.

This limited warranty does not cover costs resulting
from:
ƒ Difficulty in gaining access to the Product.
ƒ Repair of cosmetic damage to enclosures.

Please contact your local Cummins Power
Generation® Distributor for clarification concerning
these limitations.

CUMMINS POWER GENERATION® RIGHT TO
FAILED COMPONENTS:

Failed components claimed under warranty remain
the property of Cummins Power Generation®.

Cummins Power Generation® has the right to reclaim
any failed component that has been replaced under
warranty.

Extended Warranty:

Cummins Power Generation® offers several levels of
Extended Warranty Coverage. Please contact your
local Cummins Power Generation ® Distributor for
details.
www.cumminspower.com

THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH HEREIN ARE THE

SOLE WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS
POWER GENERATION ® IN REGARD TO THE
PRODUCT. CUMMINS POWER GENERATION®

MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR

IMPLIED, OR OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

IN NO EVENT IS CUMMINS POWER
GENERATION® LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

This limited warranty shall be enforced to the
maximum extent permitted by applicable law. This
limited warranty gives the owner specific rights that
may vary from state to state or from jurisdiction to
jurisdiction.

Product Model Number:_______________________
Product Serial Number:________________________
Date in Service:______________________________

8.a
Packet Pg. 1005 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 1006 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 1007 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 1008 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 1009 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project)

8.a
Packet Pg. 1010 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) ”2011 Cummins Power Generation Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, AmpSentry, InPower and “Our energy working for you.” are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

S-1607a (6/11)
Spark-ignited generator set
85 – 100 kW standby
EPA Emissions
Description
Cummins Power Generation commercial generator sets
are fully integrated power generation systems providing optimum performance, reliability and versatility for
stationary standby and prime power applications. Codes
or standards compliance may not be available with all
model configurations – consult factory for availability.

Features
Ford heavy-duty gas engine - Rugged 4-cycle
industrial spark-ignited delivers reliable power. The
electronic air/fuel ratio control provides optimum engine performance and fast response to load changes.

Three-Way Catalyst – Simultaneously converts NOx,
CO and HC to nitrogen, oxygen, carbon dioxide and
water, minimizing the harmful emissions of the genset.

Alternator - Several alternator sizes offer selectable
motor starting capability with low reactance 2/3 pitch
windings, low waveform distortion with non-linear loads and fault clearing short-circuit capability.

Control system - The PowerCommand®
electronic
control is standard equipment and provides total genset system integration including automatic remote
starting/stopping, precise frequency and voltage
regulation, alarm and status message display,
AmpSentry™
protection, output metering, auto-shutdown
at fault detection and NFPA 110 Level 1 compliance.

Cooling system - Standard cooling package provides
reliable running at up to 40 °C (104 °F) ambient
temperature.

Enclosures - Optional weather protective and sound
attenuated enclosures are available.

NFPA - The genset accepts full rated load in a single
step in accordance with NFPA 110 for Level 1 systems.

Warranty and service - Backed by a comprehensive
warranty and worldwide distributor network.

This generator set is designed in facilities
certified to ISO 9001 and manufactured in
facilities certified to ISO 9001 or ISO 9002.

The Prototype Test Support (PTS) program
verifies the performance integrity of the
generator set design. Cummins Power
Generation products bearing the PTS symbol
meet the prototype test requirements of NFPA
110 for Level 1 systems.

All low voltage models are CSA certified to
product class 4215-01.

The generator set is available Listed to UL
2200, Stationary Engine Generator
Assemblies. The PowerCommand control is
Listed to UL 508 - Category NITW7 for U.S.
and Canadian usage.

U.S. EPA Engine certified to U.S. EPA SI Stationary
Emission Regulation 40 CFR, Part 60.

Natural gas Propane
Standby rating Prime rating Standby rating Prime rating Data sheets Model
60 Hz
kW (kVA)
50 Hz
kW (kVA)
60 Hz
kW (kVA)
50 Hz
kW (kVA)
60 Hz
kW (kVA)
50 Hz
kW (kVA)
60 Hz
kW (kVA)
50 Hz
kW (kVA) 60 Hz 50 Hz
GGHG 85 (106) 85 (106) D-3384
GGHH 100 (125) 75 (94) 100 (125) 75 (94) D-3385 D-3387

8.a
Packet Pg. 1011 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Our energy working for you.™
www.cumminspower.com
”2011 Cummins Power Generation Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, AmpSentry, InPower and “Our energy working for you.” are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

S-1607a (6/11)
Generator set specifications
Governor regulation class ISO 8528 Part 1 Class G3
Voltage regulation, no load to full load ± 1.0%
Random voltage variation ± 1.0%
Frequency regulation Isochronous
Random frequency variation GGHH ± 0.5%, GGHG ± 0.33%
Radio frequency emissions compliance Meets requirements of most industrial and commercial applications Engine specifications
Design Turbocharged
Bore 90.2 mm (3.55 in)
Stroke 105.9 mm (4.17 in)
Displacement 6.8 L (412.5 in3)
Cylinder block Cast iron, V 10 cylinder
Battery capacity 600 amps minimum at ambient temperature of 0 °C (32 °F) Battery charging alternator 65 amps
Starting voltage 12 volt, negative ground
Lube oil filter type(s) Single spin-on canister-combination full flow with bypass Standard cooling system 40 °C (104 °F) ambient radiator Alternator specifications
Design Brushless, 4 pole, drip proof revolving field
Stator 2/3 pitch
Rotor Direct coupled, flexible disc
Insulation system Class H per NEMA MG1-1.65
Standard temperature rise 150 ºC (302 °F) standby
Exciter type Torque match (shunt)
Phase rotation A (U), B (V), C (W)
Alternator cooling Direct drive centrifugal blower
AC waveform total harmonic distortion < 5% no load to full linear load, < 3% for any single harmonic Telephone influence factor (TIF) < 50 per NEMA MG1-22.43 Telephone harmonic factor (THF) < 3
Available voltages
60 Hz 50 Hz
3-phase 1-phase 3-phase 1-phase
· 120/208
· 139/240
· 277/480
· 120/240
· 240/416
· 347/600
· 127/220
· 254/440
·120/240 · 110/190
· 115/230
· 127/220
· 240/416
· 110/220
· 120/208
· 220/380
· 254/440
· 115/200
· 120/240
· 230/400
·110/220
·120/240
Note: Consult factory for other voltages.

Generator set options and accessories
Engine
¨ 120/240 V 1500 W coolant
heaters
Fuel system
¨ Natural gas
¨ Natural gas/propane liquid
with automatic changeover
¨ Natural gas/propane vapor
with automatic changeover
¨ Propane liquid withdrawal
¨ Vapor withdrawal
Alternator
¨ 105 °C (221 °F) rise alternator
¨ 125 °C (257 °F) rise alternator
¨ 150 °C (302 °F) rise alternator
¨ 120/240 V, 100 W anticondensation heater
¨ 12 lead, broad range, extended
stack (full single phase output)
¨ Lower broad range
¨ PMG excitation
¨ Upper broad range
¨ Single phase (4 lead)
Exhaust system
¨ Mounted residential muffler
Generator set
¨ AC entrance box
¨ Battery
¨ Battery charger
¨ Duct adapter
¨ Enclosure: Aluminum, steel,
weather protection or sound
attenuated
¨ Export box packaging
¨ Main line circuit breaker

¨ Remote annunciator panel
¨ UL 2200 Listed
¨ 2 year prime power, 6000
hours, warranty
¨ 2 year standby warranty
¨ 5 year basic power warranty
¨ 5 year comprehensive
warranty

Note: Some options may not be available on all models - consult factory for availability.

8.a
Packet Pg. 1012 Attachment: Volume II - Technical Specifications (4185 : Approval of Plans and Specifications - Southern Pump Station Project) Our energy working for you.™
www.cumminspower.com
”2011 Cummins Power Generation Inc. All rights reserved. Cummins Power Generation and Cummins are registered trademarks of Cummins Inc. PowerCommand, AmpSentry, InPower and “Our energy working for you.” are trademarks of Cummins Power Generation. Other company, product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

S-1607a (6/11)
Control system
PowerCommand PCC2100 - An integrated generator
set control system providing isochronous governing,
voltage regulation, engine protection and operator
interface functions.
· Includes integral AmpSentry protection, which provides a full range of alternator protection functions that are matched to the alternator provided.
· Control function provides battery monitoring and
testing features, and smart starting control system.
· Three phase sensing, full wave rectified voltage
regulation system, with a PWM output for stable
operation with all load types.
· Standard PCCNet interface.
· Suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C (-40 °F to +158 °F) and altitudes to 5000
m (13,000 ft).
· Prototype tested; UL, CSA and CE compliant.
· InPower™ PC-based service tool available for detailed diagnostics, setup, data logging and fault simulation.

AmpSentry AC protection
· AmpSentry Protective Relay – UL-listed
· Over current and short-circuit shutdown
· Over current warning
· Single and three phase fault regulation
· Over and under voltage shutdown
· Over and under frequency shutdown
· Overload warning with alarm contact
· Reverse power and reverse Var shutdown
· Field Overload
Engine protection
· Overspeed shutdown
· Low oil pressure warning and shutdown
· High coolant temperature warning and shutdown
· High oil temperature warning (optional)
· Low coolant level warning or shutdown
· Low coolant temperature warning
· High and low battery voltage warning
· Weak battery warning
· Dead battery shutdown
· Fail to start (overcrank) shutdown
· Fail to crank shutdown
· Redundant start disconnect
· Cranking lockout
· Sensor failure indication
Operator interface
· Off/manual/auto mode switch
· Manual run/stop switch
· Panel lamp/test switch
· Emergency stop switch
· Alpha-numeric display with pushbutton access, for
viewing engine and alternator data and providing setup, controls and adjustments
· LED lamps indicating genset running, not in auto,
common warning, common shutdown
· (5) configurable LED lamps
· LED bargraph AC data display (optional)
Alternator data
· Line-to-line and line-to-neutral AC volts
· Three phase AC current
· Frequency
· Total and individual phase kW and kVA
Engine Data
· DC voltage
· Lube oil pressure
· Coolant temperature
· Lube oil temperature (optional)
Other data
· Genset model data
· Start attempts, starts, running hours
· KW hours (total and since reset)
· Fault history
· Load profile (hours less than 30% and hours more than 90% load)
· System data display (optional with network and other
PowerCommand gensets or transfer switches)
Governing
· Integrated digital electronic isochronous governor
· Temperature dynamic governing
· Smart idle speed mode
· Glow plug control (some models)
Voltage regulation
· Integrated digital electronic voltage regulator
· Three phase line-to-neutral sensing
· Configurable torque matching
· PMG (optional)
Control functions
· Data logging on faults
· Fault simulation (requires InPower)
· Time delay start and cooldown
· Cycle cranking
· (3) configurable customer inputs
· (3) configurable customer outputs
Options
¨ Analog AC Meter Display
¨ Thermostatically Controlled Space Heater
¨ Key-type mode switch
¨ Ground fault module
¨ Auxiliary relays (3)
¨ Echelon LONWORKS interface
¨ Modlon Gateway to convert to Modbus (loose)
¨ PowerCommand iWatch web server for remote
monitoring and alarm notification (loose)
¨ PCCNet and Lonworks Digital input and output
module(s) and Remote annunciators (loose)
PowerCommand 2100 control
operator/display panel